RECOVERY NETWORK INC
SB-2/A, 1998-10-28
MOTION PICTURE & VIDEO TAPE PRODUCTION
Previous: GLICKENHAUS VALUE PORTFOLIOS 1996 EQUITY COLLECTION SERIES 3, 24F-2NT, 1998-10-28
Next: ALLIANCE INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS INC, 497, 1998-10-28




   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-61421
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------

   
                                    FORM SB-2
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                               ------------------
    

                           THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)


           Colorado                         7812                   39-1731029
(State or Other Jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code Number) Identification No.)


   
                           1411 5th Street, Suite 250
                         Santa Monica, California 90401
                                 (310) 393-3979
          (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)
                               ------------------
    

                                WILLIAM D. MOSES
                             Chief Executive Officer
                           The Recovery Network, Inc.
                           1411 5th Street, Suite 250
                         Santa Monica, California 90401
                                 (310) 393-3979
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent For Service)
                               ------------------

                          Copies of Communications to:
                             HENRY I. ROTHMAN, Esq.
                       Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10036
                            Telephone: (212) 704-6000
                           Telecopier: (212) 704-6288
                               ------------------

          Approximate  Date  of  Proposed  Sale  to  the  Public:   As  soon  as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

   If this  Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.

                                   -----------

   If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering.
                                   -----------

   If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.
                               
                               ------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===========================================================================================================================
                                                                Proposed Maximum       Proposed Maximum                        
    Title Of Each Class Of                      Amount To         Offering Price            Aggregate          Amount Of
 Securities To Be Registered                  Be Registered        Per Security          Offering Price    Registration Fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>    
Common Stock,                                                                                                            
     par value $.01 per share..............      2,446,226 (1)        $2.09375 (2)   $5,121,786          $    1423.86
Common Stock,                                                                                                    
     par value $.01 per share..............        100,000 (3)        $5.50          $  550,000          $     152.90
Common Stock,                                                                                                    
     par value $.01 per share..............        325,000 (4)        $2.00          $  650,000          $     180.70
Common Stock,                                                                                                
     par value $.01 per share..............         50,000 (4)        $2.50          $  125,000          $      34.75
Common Stock,                                                                                                     
     par value $.01 per share..............        200,000 (3)        $4.00          $  800,000          $     222.40
Common Stock,                                                                                                    
     par value $.01 per share..............        100,000 (3)        $5.00          $  500,000          $     139.00
Common Stock,                                      100,000 (3)        $6.00          $  600,000          $     166.80
     par value $.01 per share..............                                                              

Total Registration Fee...................................................................................$   2,320.41
Previously Paid..........................................................................................$   1,144.05
Paid With This Filing....................................................................................$   1,176.36
================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)    The shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby  include  the resale of such
       presently  indeterminate  number of  shares  of Common  Stock as shall be
       issued upon exercise by the Selling Shareholders of certain Reset Rights.
       The number of shares of Common  Stock  offered  for  resale  hereby is an
       estimate and  represents the number of shares that the Company has agreed
       to  register  in this  Registration  Statement.  Such number of shares is
       subject to adjustment  and could be materially  less than such  estimated
       amount  depending upon factors that cannot be predicted by the Company at
       this time, including, among others, the future market price of the Common
       Stock. This presentation is not intended to constitute a prediction as to
       the future market price of the Common Stock or as to the number of shares
       of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Reset Rights.
(2)    Pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act, calculated based  upon the
       average of the bid and asked price  of the Common Stock as of October 23,
       1998.
(3)    Issuable upon exercise of certain warrants.
(4)    Issuable upon exercise of certain options.
    
                               ------------------

       The registrant hereby amends this registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities  Act of 1933 or until this  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 27, 1998
PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
                               3,321,226 Shares of
                           THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.
                                  Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     This Prospectus  relates to an aggregate of 3,321,226 shares (the "Shares")
of Common Stock,  $.01 par value per shares  ("Common  Stock"),  of The Recovery
Network,  Inc. (the "Company")  which may be offered and sold from time to time,
by  the  Selling   Shareholders  named  herein  (the  "Selling   Shareholders"),
consisting of (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued to certain subscribers
(the "Subscribers") pursuant to each Subscription Agreement dated June 29, 1998,
as amended, between the Company and each of the Subscribers  (collectively,  the
"Agreements");  (ii) 972,250 shares of Common Stock, representing an estimate of
shares  issuable  to the  Subscribers  pursuant  to  certain  provisions  of the
Agreements,  including  but not limited to  exercise of the Reset  Rights by the
Subscribers;  (iii) 500,000  shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance to the
Subscribers  upon their exercise of warrants  issued  pursuant to the Agreements
and  exercisable  at  exercise  prices  between  $4.00 and $6.00 per share  (the
"Warrants");  (iv) an  aggregate  of 43,716  shares of  Common  Stock  issued to
certain parties who served as placement  agents (the "Placement  Agents") in the
Private  Placement (as defined  herein);  (v) an aggregate of 180,260  shares of
Common Stock issued to various third  parties;  and (vi) an aggregate of 375,000
shares of Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant  to  exercise  of options  issued to
various third parties. See "Selling Shareholders".

     The  Shares  may be  offered  for  sale  from  time to time by the  Selling
Shareholders  or their  pledges,  donees,  transferees  or other  successors  in
interest, in the over-the-counter  market, in privately negotiated  transactions
or otherwise, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The Shares may be sold
directly by the Selling Shareholders or through one or more broker-dealers. Such
broker-dealers may receive compensation in the form of commissions, discounts or
concessions from the Selling  Shareholders  and/or purchasers of Shares for whom
such broker-dealers may act as agent, or to whom they may sell as principal,  or
both (which  compensation as to a particular  broker-dealer  may be in excess of
customary commissions).  The Selling Shareholders and such broker-dealers may be
deemed to be  "underwriters"  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act of 1933
(the "Securities  Act"), and any discounts,  commissions and concessions and any
profits  realized  on any sale of the  Shares  may be deemed to be  underwriting
compensation. See "Selling Shareholders" and "Plan of Distribution".

     The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market under the symbol
RNET.
    


                      ------------------------------------


        THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH
          DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY INVESTORS WHO
             CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE
                      "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 8.

                      ------------------------------------


         THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
       COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY
            STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
             ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                      ------------------------------------


                The date of this Prospectus is _________ __, 1998
<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the informational  requirements of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and, in  accordance
therewith,  files  reports,  proxy  statements  and other  information  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission").  Such reports,  proxy
statements  and other  information  filed by the  Company can be  inspected  and
copied at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at Room
1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at
the Commission's  Regional Offices located at 7 World Trade Center,  13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison  Street,  Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such material can also be obtained
at  prescribed  rates  from the  Public  Reference  Section  of the  Commission,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549. The Commission
maintains  a Web site  (http://www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information  statements and other information  electronically  filed through the
Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
The Common Stock is currently quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market and such reports
and other information can also be inspected at the offices of Nasdaq Operations,
1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

   
     The  Company  has filed with the  Commission,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  a
Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-61421) under the Securities Act
with respect to the Shares (the "Registration  Statement").  As permitted by the
rules of the Commission, this Prospectus does not contain all of the information
set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.
For further  information  with  respect to the  Company  and the Shares  offered
hereby,  reference is made to the  Registration  Statement  and the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith.  Statements contained in this Prospectus,  and in any
document incorporated herein by reference, as to the contents of any contract or
any  other  document  referred  to are not  necessarily  complete  and,  in each
instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed
as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  or  such  document,  each  such
statement  being  qualified  in all  respects by such  reference.  A copy of the
Registration  Statement  may be  inspected  without  charge at the  Commission's
principal  office,  Room  1024,   Judiciary  Plaza,  450  Fifth  Street,   N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and  copies  of all or any  part of the  Registration
Statement  may be  obtained  from  such  office  upon  the  payment  of the fees
prescribed by the Commission.  The Registration Statement has been filed through
EDGAR  and  is   publicly   available   through   the   Commission's   Web  site
(http://www.sec.gov).
    
  
                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more
detailed  information  and financial  statements,  including the notes  thereto,
appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Each prospective  investor is urged to
read this Prospectus in its entirety.

     This Prospectus contains forward-looking  statements that involve risks and
uncertainties.  The  Company's  actual  results may differ  materially  from the
results discussed in the  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that might cause
such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in "Risk
Factors."

                                   The Company

        
         The Recovery  Network,  Inc. (the "Company") is a digital media company
organized to address the social and behavioral health issues of persons affected
by substance abuse,  eating disorders,  domestic violence,  depression and child
abuse, and other social and behavioral health issues.  Drawing on the converging
digital technologies of cable television,  the Internet, and telephony services,
the Company  addresses the  aforementioned  social and behavioral issues through
broadcasting  The Recovery  Network(TM),  a cable  television  network which was
relaunched  nationally  in  September  1998 as a 4 hour  per day  program  block
repeated  6  times  a  day.  The  Company  has  contracted  with  CBS/Group  W's
Westinghouse  Division to supply a fully dedicated Digital Satellite Transponder
master control and uplink utilizing Scientific Atlanta's Power Vu equipment. The
Company also owns a 20% interest in RecoveryNet  Interactive,  L.L.C. ("Recovery
Interactive"),  a joint venture with TCI Online RN Holdings,  Inc.  ("TCII") (an
affiliate of Tele-Communications,  Inc., "TCI") and FHC Internet Services, L.C.,
(an  affiliate  of  FHC  Health  Systems,  Inc.),  formed  in  August  1996  and
recapitalized  and reorganized in October 1998. The current strategy of Recovery
Interactive is to provide  Internet and online  behavioral  health care products
and  services to managed care  organizations,  Health  Management  Organizations
("HMOs"),  Employee  Assistance  Programs  ("EAPs"),  as well as to address  the
social and behavioral health issues through an integrated  multimedia  platform.
The Company also operates  Recovery  TeleCare(TM).  Recovery  TeleCare  offers a
toll-free  telephone  help-line  (the "Help Line"),  which provides our audience
access both to  information  and help in their  communities,  and a  specialized
telephone  counseling  service  available to callers at a cost. The Company also
airs  Recovery  Talk  Radio(TM),  a  nationally  syndicated  talk radio  program
introduced in December 1996 and now available on 53 stations.  Finally, Recovery
Direct is a wholly-owned  subsidiary which markets products and services through
the  above-mentioned  digital media to television,  Internet and radio audiences
and to institutional, educational and consumer markets.
    

     The Company was  incorporated  under the laws of the State of  Wisconsin in
May 1992 under the name  Recovery  Net,  Inc.,  merged  with and into a Colorado
corporation in December 1995 and changed its name to The Recovery Network,  Inc.
in May 1996.  Unless the  context  requires  otherwise,  all  references  to the
Company include FMS Productions,  Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
("FMS").  The  Company's  principal  executive  offices  are located at 1411 5th
Street,  Suite 200, Santa Monica,  California 90401, and its telephone number is
(310) 393-3979.

                                Private Placement

   
     On June 29, 1998 (the  "Subscription  Date"),  the Company entered into the
Agreements with each of the Subscribers (the "Private  Placement").  The Company
and the Subscribers agreed to amend the Agreements in October 1998.  Pursuant to
the Agreements,  as amended, the Company is entitled to aggregate proceeds of up
to $5,500,000 in the Private Placement. The Agreements,  as amended, provide for
the  issuance by the Company of (i)  1,250,000  shares (the  "Shares") of Common
Stock for $2,500,000, or $2.00 per share, (ii) additional
    

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



   
shares of Common Stock to the Subscribers  pursuant to certain other  provisions
of the Agreements,  including  shares  issuable for no additional  consideration
pursuant to the Reset Rights (as defined  herein) and shares  issuable for up to
$3,000,000  pursuant to the Put Rights (as defined  herein)  (collectively,  the
"Additional Shares"), and (iii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise
of warrants  (the  "Warrants").  The  Warrants  are  exercisable  as to 200,000,
100,000,  100,000 and 100,000 shares of Common Stock for $4.00, $5.00, $5.50 and
$6.00 per share, respectively.  The Warrants exercisable for $5.50 per share are
exercisable  until June 29, 2001. The remaining  Warrants are exercisable  until
December 2001.

     The  Company  has also  issued to certain  placement  agents in the Private
Placement (the "Placement Agents") an aggregate of 43,716 shares of Common Stock
(the  "Placement  Shares"),  of  which  30,601  shares  were  delivered  on  the
Subscription  Date and 13,115  shares were  delivered on October 2, 1998,  after
shareholder  approval  of such,  as  required  pursuant  to the  rules of Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, was obtained on September 24, 1998.
    

Common Stock and Warrants

   
     The Shares and Warrants  were sold at an initial  price of $2.25 per share,
which was 75% of the average of the  closing bid prices of the Common  Stock for
the five day trading period  immediately  preceding the Subscription  Date. Such
initial  price was reset to $2.00 per share  (the  "Purchase  Price") in October
1998.  Of the  1,250,000  shares  purchased,  777,776  shares  were  issued  and
delivered to the  Subscribers on the  Subscription  Date and 333,334 shares were
issued and delivered to the Subscribers,  on October 2, 1998, after  shareholder
approval of such, as required  pursuant to the rules of Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,
was obtained on September 24, 1998. The remaining 138,890 shares were issued and
delivered to the  Subscribers at the time the Agreements were amended in October
1998.  Of  the  $2,500,000  purchase  price  of the  Shares  and  the  Warrants,
$1,750,000  was  delivered  to the  Company  (net of  approximately  $200,000 in
expenses) on the Subscription Date and $750,000 (net of approximately $95,000 in
expenses) was delivered to the Company on October 2, 1998.

The Option and Lock-Up

     In  October  1998,  the  Company  and the  Subscribers  agreed to amend the
Agreements. Pursuant to such amendment, the Subscribers agreed not to sell their
1,250,000 shares of Common Stock until December 21, 1998 (the "Lock-Up"), during
which  period the  Subscribers  have  granted an option to sell  900,000 of such
shares  at $3.00 per share  (the  "Option").  If the  Option is  exercised,  the
Lock-Up will be extended to February 16, 1999 for all unsold  shares and none of
such unsold shares will be subject to the Reset Rights (as discussed and defined
below). The Option provides,  however, that each of the Subscribers may elect to
restrict  the  exercise of the Option for up to one-half of the shares of Common
Stock owned by such Subscriber.  The Lock-Up will not apply to any of the shares
of Common Stock the  Subscribers  elect to withhold  from being sold pursuant to
the Option.  In  addition,  the Lock-Up will expire if the closing bid price for
the Company's Common Stock is $5.00 or more for three consecutive trading days.

     If the  Option  is not  exercised,  the  Company  will be  required  to pay
liquidated  damages to the Subscribers of 3% per month (for such Lock-Up period)
on  the  $2,500,000  initial  investment.  In  addition,  if the  Option  is not
exercised, the Reset Rights will continue to be in effect.
    

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



Reset Rights

   
     Pursuant to the Agreements,  as amended,  the Subscribers  received certain
reset  rights  (the  "Reset  Rights")  that may  require  the  Company  to issue
additional  shares of Common Stock to the  Subscribers in the future (the "Reset
Shares").  The  Subscribers  are entitled to additional  shares of Common Stock,
without the payment of  additional  consideration,  to account for a decrease in
the  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  after  the  Subscription  Date.  The
Subscribers may first be entitled to such  additional  shares on January 2, 1999
("Trigger  Date").  The Company may also be required to issue Reset Shares every
thirtieth day after the Trigger Date until the  Subscriber  has reset its entire
purchase  price (the  Trigger  Date and each of such other  dates,  a "Repricing
Date").  If 77% of the average  closing  bid price for the Common  Stock for the
five trading days immediately preceding,  but not including,  the Repricing Date
(the  "Average  Price")  is  lower  than  the  Purchase  Price,  then,  at  each
Subscriber's  election,  not less  than 5% and not more  than 25% of the  shares
received by such  Subscriber for the purchase price paid to the Company for such
shares (the  "Designated  Portion"),  shall be subject to the Reset  Rights.  To
account for any deficiency between the Average Price and the Purchase Price, the
Company will issue additional  shares to the Subscribers  equal to the number of
additional  shares that could be  purchased  for the  Designated  Portion on the
Repricing Date.

     In lieu of delivering  additional shares pursuant to the Reset Rights,  the
Company has received certain  repurchase  rights.  The repurchase rights provide
that the Company may, in the event the average  closing bid price for the Common
Stock on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  for the five  trading  days  immediately
preceding,  but not including, a Repricing Date (the "Redemption Price") is less
than $2.50 per share,  deliver to each  Subscriber a sum of money  determined by
multiplying  the  number  of  additional  shares  otherwise  deliverable  by the
Redemption Price.
    

Put Rights

     The  Company  also has the right to "put" up to  $3,000,000  of its  Common
Stock  to  the  Subscribers  during  the  two  year  period  commencing  on  the
Subscription Date (the "Put Rights").  Such Put Rights  contemplate the issuance
of shares of Common  Stock  required  to be  purchased  from time to time by the
Subscribers  (the "Put Shares") after delivery of a notice (a "Put Notice") from
the  Company,  at a price equal to 88% of the average  closing bid prices of the
Company's  Common Stock over the five-day  trading period  beginning two trading
days prior to the date the Put Notice is given and ending two trading days after
the Put Notice is given.  The obligation of the  Subscribers to purchase  Common
Stock  pursuant  to the  exercise by the Company of the Put Rights is subject to
various  conditions,  including  conditions  relating to minimum  market  price,
minimum trading volume and timing. The number of shares of Common Stock that the
Company may issue at any one time upon exercise by the Company of the Put Rights
is limited,  depending  upon the average  closing bid price for the Common Stock
and the average  daily Common Stock trading  volume for the 15 days  immediately
preceding the date of the Put Notice.

Right of First Refusal

     If the  Company  seeks to sell  shares of its Common  Stock to  prospective
investors  at any time  after the  Subscription  Date until the later of 90 days
after the effective date of a registration  statement covering the Securities or
270 days after the Subscription  Date, the Company must give the Subscribers (i)
prior written  notice of such sale and (ii) an opportunity to purchase an amount
of Common  Stock to maintain  their  respective  proportionate  interests in the
Company (the "Right of First  Refusal").  The Right of First  Refusal must be on
the same terms and conditions offered to the prospective investors.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
   
                                  The Offering

Securities offered by the Selling Shareholders       3,321,226 shares (a)

Common Stock outstanding
     before and after the offering hereby...         6,334,833 shares (b)

Nasdaq symbol...............................         RNET



(a)    Includes:  (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the Subscribers
       pursuant  to  the  Agreements;  (ii)  972,250  shares  of  Common  Stock,
       representing an estimate of shares  issuable to the Subscribers  pursuant
       to certain  provisions  of the  Agreements,  including but not limited to
       exercise of the Reset Rights by the Subscribers;  (iii) 500,000 shares of
       Common  Stock  reserved for issuance  pursuant to the  Warrants;  (iv) an
       aggregate of 43,716 shares of Common Stock issued to the Placement Agents
       in the Private  Placement;  (v) an aggregate of 180,260  shares of Common
       Stock issued to various third  parties;  and (vi) an aggregate of 375,000
       shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to exercise of options issued to
       various third parties.

(b)    Does not  include:  (i)  930,166  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
       exercise of stock options granted to employees, directors and consultants
       of the Company under the Company's  stock option plans and 531,006 shares
       of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of various  non-plan stock options
       granted to  employees  and  consultants  of the Company;  (ii)  2,415,000
       shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable  Warrants
       (as defined  herein);  (iii) 420,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
       exercise  of  warrants  granted  to  Whale  Securities  Co.,  L.P.;  (iv)
       1,015,498  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of warrants
       issued by the Company,  including 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
       upon exercise of the Financing  Warrants (as defined  herein) and 500,000
       shares  issuable  upon exercise of the  Warrants;  (v) an  indeterminable
       number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable by the Company if it fails to
       register, or to maintain an effective registration statement with respect
       to, the  Financing  Shares (as  defined  herein) and the shares of Common
       Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Financing  Warrants;   (vi)  an
       indeterminable number of shares of Common Stock over the number of shares
       of Common Stock offered hereby that are issuable by the Company  pursuant
       to the Reset  Rights  and the Put  Rights;  and (vii)  200,000  shares of
       Common  Stock that may be  issuable  pursuant to a  consulting  agreement
       between the Company and a third party and 200,000  shares of Common Stock
       that may be  issuable to such party upon  exercise  of a warrant  granted
       pursuant to such agreement.
    
                                  Risk Factors

       The  securities  offered  hereby  involve  a high  degree  of  risk.  The
securities  should not be purchased by investors  who cannot  afford the loss of
their entire investment. See "Risk Factors."

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                          Summary Financial Information

       The summary  financial data set forth below is derived from and should be
read in conjunction with the audited financial  statements,  including the notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


Statement of Operations Data:
   

                                                    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                  1997                 1998
                                                  ----                 ----
Net loss........................................   $(3,817,652)    $(8,261,734)
Basic and diluted loss per share................         (1.87)          (1.91)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding...     2,044,339       4,336,405

Balance Sheet Data:


                                                          At June 30, 1998
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    Actual          Pro Forma(a)
                                                    ------          ------------
                                                                    (unaudited)

Working capital................................. $1,497,226         $2,152,226
Total assets....................................  3,784,920          4,439,920
Total liabilities...............................  1,296,139          1,296,139
Shareholders' equity............................  2,488,781          3,143,781

- --------------

(a)    Gives  effect to the  issuance of 333,334  shares of Common  Stock to the
       Subscribers for net proceeds of approximately  $655,000 and 13,115 shares
       of Common Stock issued to the Placement Agents, all of which was released
       from escrow on October 2, 1998 after  shareholder  approval  of such,  as
       required  pursuant  to the  rules  of the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  was
       obtained on  September  24, 1998.  Also gives  effects to the issuance of
       138,890  shares  of  Common  Stock  to the  Subscribers  pursuant  to the
       Agreements,  as amended. Does not give effect to any additional shares of
       Common  Stock  that  may be  issuable  pursuant  to the  exercise  of the
       Warrants or pursuant to any other provision of the Agreements or pursuant
       to exercise of any outstanding options or warrants.
    
                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         The securities offered hereby are highly speculative and involve a high
degree of risk and therefore should not be purchased by anyone who cannot afford
a loss  of his  or her  entire  investment.  Each  prospective  investor  should
carefully  review and consider the  following  risks before making an investment
decision.

         This Prospectus contains forward-looking  statements within the meaning
of Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended.  Forward-looking  statements  are  typically
identified by the words "believe,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "estimate" and similar
expressions.  Those  statements  appear in a number of places in this report and
include statements  regarding the intent,  belief or current  expectation of the
Company or its directors or officers with respect to, among other things, trends
affecting the Company's  financial  conditions and results of operations and the
Company's business and growth strategies.  Such  forward-looking  statements are
not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual
results may differ materially from those projected,  expressed or implied in the
forward-looking  statements  as a result of various  factors  (such  factors are
referred to herein as "Cautionary  Statements").  The  accompanying  information
contained in this Prospectus, including the information set forth under "Plan of
Operation" and  "Business"  identifies  important  factors that could cause such
differences.  Such forward-looking  statements speak only as of the date of this
report, and the Company cautions potential investors not to place undue reliance
on such statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any
forward-looking  statements.  All  subsequent  written or oral forward-  looking
statements  attributable  to the  Company  or  persons  acting on its behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the Cautionary Statements.

   
         Development Stage Company; Lack of Meaningful Revenues; Significant and
Continuing  Losses;  Explanatory  Paragraph in  Independent  Public  Accountants
Report.  The Company was organized in 1992,  was  reorganized in 1995 and was in
the development  stage until its acquisition of FMS in December 1997.  Since its
inception,  the Company has been primarily  engaged in test  broadcasting of The
Recovery  Network in limited  markets  (which was launched  nationally  in April
1997),  affiliate  marketing  and  development,  acquisition  and  production of
programming,  establishing  Recovery  Talk  Radio and the Help Line and  forming
relationships   with  individuals  and  organizations  in  the  recovery  field.
Accordingly,  the Company has a limited relevant operating history upon which an
evaluation  of  the  Company's  performance  and  prospects  can be  made.  Such
prospects must be considered in light of the numerous risks, expenses, problems,
and  difficulties  typically  encountered  in  establishing  a new  business and
launching  and  expanding  a  cable  television  network.  The  Company  has not
generated any meaningful revenues and does not expect to generate any meaningful
revenues  for  the  foreseeable  future.  To  date,  the  Company  has  incurred
significant  net losses,  including net losses of $1,223,829  and $3,817,652 and
$8,261,734 for the years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively.  At
June 30, 1998, the Company had an accumulated  deficit of $14,158,853 and, since
June 30, 1998, unaudited information indicates that the Company has continued to
incur  significant  losses.  The Company expects to incur  substantial  up-front
capital  expenditures  and operating  costs in connection with the operation and
expansion of The Recovery Network, satellite transmission of its programming and
the development and production of television  programming,  which will result in
significant  losses for the foreseeable  future.  There can be no assurance that
the  Company  will ever  generate  significant  revenues  or achieve  profitable
operations.  The  Company's  independent  public  accountants  have  included an
explanatory  paragraph in their report on the  Company's  financial  statements,
stating that certain factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  See  "Plan  of  Operation"  and  Financial
Statements.
    

         Significant  Capital  Requirements;   Continuing  Need  for  Additional
Financing.  The Company's capital requirements have been and will continue to be
significant, and its cash requirements have been exceeding

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

   
its cash flow from operations. During the fiscal period ended June 30, 1998, the
Company's operating cash flow requirements  exceeded operating cash flow sources
by  $7,142,233  due to,  among  other  things,  costs  associated  with  program
development,  reduction in accrued  expenses and accounts  payable and affiliate
marketing  efforts.  The proceeds from the  Company's  initial  public  offering
("IPO")  have been  substantially  expended  and the  proceeds  from the Private
Placement  will  provide  the  Company  with  sufficient  capital  only  through
approximately November 30, 1998. The Company is therefore dependent on obtaining
additional  financing.  There can be no assurance that any additional  financing
will be available to the Company when needed, on commercially  reasonable terms,
or at all. Any inability to obtain additional financing when needed would have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company,  requiring it to curtail and possibly
cease its operations.  In addition,  any additional equity financing may involve
substantial   dilution  to  the  interests  of  the   Company's   then  existing
shareholders.

         Dilution;  Impact of the  Exercise  of Reset  Rights,  Put  Rights  and
Warrants.  The purchasers of the Shares offered hereby will experience immediate
and  substantial  dilution in the net  tangible  value of their shares of Common
Stock in the event of the exercise of the Reset Rights by the Subscribers or the
Put Rights by the Company,  each of which is available in certain  circumstances
pursuant to the Agreements,  as amended,  or in the event of the exercise of the
Warrants by the  Subscribers.  The exercise of any of the Reset Rights,  the Put
Rights  and the  Warrants  will  result  in the  issuance  of Common  Stock,  at
discounts  from future market prices of the Common Stock,  which could result in
substantial  dilution  to  existing  holders of Common  Stock.  The sale of such
Common Stock acquired at a discount could have a negative  impact on the trading
price of the Common Stock and could increase the volatility in the trading price
of the Common Stock.  Moreover, if the trading price of the Common Stock were to
decrease  significantly,  the  issuance  of Common  Stock  pursuant to the Reset
Rights could conceivably effect a change of control of the Company.
    

         Uncertainty  of Ability to Implement  Plan of Operation.  The Company's
proposed  plan of  operation  and  prospects  will be largely  dependent  on the
success of its affiliate marketing efforts,  including its ability to enter into
affiliation  agreements with operators of local cable systems with a significant
number of  subscribers  or other  arrangements  for the  airing of The  Recovery
Network,  its ability to successfully  operate under the  Transponder  Contract,
develop or acquire  sufficient  television  programming  to enable the  Recovery
Network to expand its hours of broadcast,  achieve  significant  viewer loyalty,
attract  advertisers  and develop or enter into  arrangements  for the supply of
products,  such as videotapes,  audio  cassettes and books to  merchandise.  The
Company has limited  experience in developing  and operating a cable  television
network and marketing recovery and prevention-related products and services, and
there is limited information  available concerning the potential  performance or
market  acceptance of The Recovery  Network and recovery and  prevention-related
products and services.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able
to  implement  its  business  plan  successfully  or that  unexpected  expenses,
problems,  or  technical  difficulties  will not  occur  which  would  result in
material delays in its implementation.

   
         New Concept;  Uncertainty of Market  Acceptance of The Recovery Network
by  Cable  System  Operators,  Viewers  and  Advertisers;   Limited  Affiliation
Arrangements.   The   Recovery   Network   and  the   Company's   recovery   and
prevention-related  products and services involve a new business concept.  As is
typical in the case of a new concept in the entertainment  industry,  demand and
market  acceptance of The Recovery  Network and recovery and  prevention-related
products and services  are subject to a high level of  uncertainty.  The Company
has not  conducted  and does not intend to  conduct  any  independent  market or
concept  feasibility  studies,  nor does it  currently  expect  to  conduct  any
additional  market  testing   activities.   The  Company's   prospects  will  be
significantly  affected by the success of its affiliate  marketing efforts,  the
acceptance of its  programming  by potential  viewers and its ability to attract
advertisers.  Achieving  market  acceptance  for The  Recovery  Network  and the
Company's  recovery and  prevention-related  products and services  will require
significant  effort and  expenditures  by the  Company to create  awareness  and
demand by viewers, advertisers and cable operators that
    

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

   
potentially  will carry The  Recovery  Network.  Until  August 31,  1998,  ATN's
subscribers  represented  the majority of all of the  households  which received
broadcast of The Recovery  Network's  programming.  After the termination of the
Nesting  Contract in August 1998,  the Company is entirely  dependent on its own
affiliate marketing efforts to obtain affiliate agreements with cable operators.
Currently,  the  Company's  only such  arrangements  are with  Cablevision,  Cox
Communications,  Telecommunications,  Inc.  and Cable  One,  which  provide  the
Company in the aggregate with approximately 3 million subscribers.  Although the
Company believes that the socially  responsible nature of The Recovery Network's
programming provides a valuable community service, cable system operators may be
reluctant to provide air time for The Recovery  Network and  advertisers  may be
reluctant to pay for  advertising  time until such time, if ever, as the Company
is able to demonstrate  meaningful  viewer loyalty.  The Company's  strategy and
preliminary and future marketing plans may be subject to change as a result of a
number of  factors,  including  progress  or delays in the  Company's  affiliate
marketing  efforts,  the  nature of  possible  affiliation  and other  broadcast
arrangements  which  may  become  available  to it in  the  future  and  factors
affecting  the cable  television  industry.  There can be no assurance  that the
Company's strategy will result in initial or continued market acceptance for The
Recovery Network and the Company's recovery and prevention-related  products and
services.

         Uncertainty   of  Program   Development   and  Production  and  Program
Acquisition.  The Company will be required to commit  considerable time, effort,
and resources to continue  development  and production of its  programming.  The
Company's  development  and  production  efforts are subject to all of the risks
inherent  in  the  development  and  production  of new  programming,  including
unexpected delays, expenses, technical problems and difficulties, as well as the
possible  insufficiency  of  funds  to  complete  satisfactory  development  and
production of  programming,  which could result in  abandonment  or  substantial
change in  programming.  There can be no assurance  that the  Company's  program
development and production  efforts will be  successfully  completed on a timely
basis, or at all, or that unexpected events will not occur which would result in
increased  costs or material  delays in program  development  and production and
delays in the  Company's  ability to air  original  programming.  The  Company's
success will also be partially  dependent upon its continued  ability to acquire
or license  suitable  programming.  Although the Company has been  successful in
licensing over 125 hours of programming to date,  there can be no assurance that
it will be able to continue to license suitable programming on acceptable terms,
or at all.  Accordingly,  the Company's ability to obtain programming is subject
to a high degree of  uncertainty.  Failure to obtain  sufficient  programming on
acceptable terms would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
    

         Broadcast   Interruptions  and  Equipment  Failures.   The  Company  is
dependent  upon the  Transponder  Contract to provide the necessary  services to
enable The Recovery  Network to broadcast its programming  through cable systems
with which the  Company  directly  enters  into  affiliation  agreements.  It is
possible that the Company could experience broadcast interruptions and equipment
failures  which  could  last  for  a  significant  period  of  time.   Broadcast
interruptions  or  equipment  failures  affecting  broadcasting  of The Recovery
Network's   programming   could  adversely  affect  viewer  perception  of,  and
advertiser  confidence  in, The  Recovery  Network  and could  result in loss of
advertising revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

   
         Risks Relating to Joint  Venture.  As of June 30, 1998, the Company and
TCII  have  each  made  capital   contributions   to  Recovery   Interactive  of
approximately  $668,000,  substantially  all of which have been expended.  These
contributions  by the  Company  and TCII were not  sufficient  to fund  Recovery
Interactive's  implementation of its business plan. In October 1998, the Company
and TCII  amended the joint  venture to admit FHC Internet  Services,  L.C. as a
member,  and each party made cash and  non-cash  contributions  to capital.  The
joint venture  arrangement  is subject to termination by any party under certain
conditions.  Although the Company  believes  that the joint venture will provide
the Company with  significant  opportunities  relating to an Internet  business,
there can be no assurance that the joint venture will be commercially successful
or will not be terminated.
    

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

   
         Risks  Relating  to the  Development  and  Supply of  Recovery  Related
Products; Risks Related to Recovery Direct; Uncertainty of Commercial Acceptance
of Recovery Related Products.  The Company has just recently begun to enter into
arrangements  for the supply of  recovery  and  prevention-related  products  to
market and to offer them to the public, and has generated approximately $695,000
of revenues through June 30, 1998 from its product sales activities. Development
of such business is subject to all of the risks  associated with the development
of a new line of business, including unexpected delays, as well as insufficiency
of funds to complete  satisfactory  development of products and services. To the
extent the Company  enters  into  arrangements  for the supply of  recovery  and
prevention-related  products with third  parties,  the Company will be dependent
upon its suppliers to, among other  things,  satisfy the Company's  quantity and
performance  specifications and to dedicate  sufficient  production  capacity to
meet the Company's scheduled delivery  requirements.  Additionally,  the Company
has not conducted  and does not intend to conduct any formal  market  studies or
feasibility studies for any potential products.  Achieving market acceptance for
recovery and  prevention-related  products  will require  substantial  marketing
efforts,  expenditure  of  significant  funds and use of commercial  time on The
Recovery  Network  and  Recovery  Talk  Radio  otherwise  available  for sale to
advertisers to inform potential customers of potential products. There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will  continue to be able to develop or enter into
arrangements for the supply of recovery and prevention-related  products or that
the Company's  efforts will result in successful  product  commercialization  or
initial  or  continued  market   acceptance  for  any  potential   recovery  and
prevention-related products.
    

         Risks  Relating to FMS  Acquisition.  In December of 1997,  the Company
acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  FMS.  FMS's  revenues  from  the
educational,  institutional  and  correctional  markets,  which are its  primary
markets,  have been declining  steadily for several years. It is likely that FMS
will require substantial additional capital in order to produce new products and
expand its sales and marketing efforts. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement,
the  Company  is  required  to  contribute  up to  $150,000  per year to produce
additional   films,  but  does  not  intend  to  make  any  additional   capital
contributions  beyond that.  There can be no assurance that the $150,000 will be
adequate to develop sufficient new product or that FMS will otherwise be able to
fund its ongoing operations.

         Factors Affecting Cable Television Industry.  The Company's business is
concentrated in the cable television industry which is continually  evolving and
subject to rapid change. Recently, direct satellite services ("DSS") and digital
cable deployment and advances in signal  compression/decompression  technologies
have begun to create  additional  channel  capacity  and new  opportunities  for
television networks. There can be no assurance,  however, that DSS or such other
technologies  will be further  developed or utilized to expand channel capacity.
The Company's  growth strategy is based,  in part, upon the continued  growth of
the cable and DSS industries and the expected increased  availability of channel
capacity.  If the cable industry grows slower than expected or ceases to grow or
if channel  capacity does not expand as rapidly as expected,  or ceases to grow,
the Company  may not be able to enter into a  sufficient  number of  affiliation
agreements or other arrangements for the carriage of The Recovery Network, which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         Government  Regulation.  The cable  television  industry  is subject to
extensive and frequently changing federal,  state and local laws and substantial
regulation  under these laws by  governmental  agencies,  including  the Federal
Communications  Commission ("FCC").  Regulations governing the rates that can be
charged to  subscribers  by cable  systems not in markets  subject to  effective
competition from other multichannel  video program  distributors could adversely
affect the ability of cable  systems  with limited  channel  capacity to finance
rebuilding  or  upgrading  efforts to increase  channel  capacity  or  otherwise
restrict their ability to add new programming such as The Recovery  Network.  In
addition,  federal  "must-carry" rules requiring cable operators to devote up to
one-third  of their  channels  to  carriage  of local  commercial  TV  broadcast
stations (and additional  channels for non-commercial  educational TV stations);
commercial leased access rules designating 10% to 15%

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



of system channels for lease by unaffiliated  programmers;  and local regulatory
requirements  mandating  additional channel set-asides for public,  governmental
and educational use could reduce channel  availability  which might otherwise be
available for The Recovery Network on many cable systems.  Statutory  provisions
and FCC rules governing relationships among cable systems and competing forms of
multichannel video program  distribution,  as well as the relationships  between
the  Company  and  its  cable  system  affiliates  could  adversely  affect  the
marketability  of the  Company's  programming  and the ability of the Company to
enter into arrangements for the distribution of its programming.

         Federal  and  state   regulation   governing   interactive  or  on-line
information  services  and  potentially  affecting  the  activities  of Recovery
Interactive  is  currently   evolving.   Regulations   governing   purchases  of
information  services via toll-free  telephone calls and laws governing obscene,
indecent, or otherwise unlawful  communications have been or may be adopted, and
there can be no assurance  whether such laws and regulations will be applied to,
and  therefore  affect,  the business and  operations  of Recovery  Interactive.
Additional laws and  regulations  are currently being  considered by the federal
government and many state and local governments.  There can be no assurance that
these or existing laws or regulations  will not be applied in a manner that will
adversely affect the Company's business or operations.

         Proposals   for   additional   or  revised   statutory  or   regulatory
requirements are considered by Congress, the FCC and state and local governments
from  time  to  time,  and a  number  of  such  proposals  are  currently  under
consideration.  Amendments  to  or  interpretations  of  existing  statutes  and
regulations,  adoption  of new  statutes  or  regulations  or  expansion  of the
Company's  operations  could  further  restrict  channel  availability  for  The
Recovery Network, require the Company to alter methods of operation (the cost of
which may be  prohibitive)  limit the types of  programming or services that the
Company intends to provide, modify the content of its programming or require the
Company to obtain  regulatory  approvals,  any of which could result in material
interruptions  of operation.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to comply with additional applicable statutory or regulatory requirements.

         Competition.  The Recovery Network will compete with all other existing
and planned television  networks and other television  programming for available
air time,  channel capacity,  advertiser  revenue and revenue from license fees.
Many of these  television  networks and producers of television  programming are
well-established,  have reputations for success in the development and operation
of  television  networks  and/or  development  of television  programming,  have
established  significant viewer loyalty and have significantly greater industry,
financial,  marketing,  programming,  personnel  and  other  resources  than the
Company.  In addition,  if cable television  channel  capacity  increases as the
Company  expects,  competition  from  smaller  competitors  and  other  start-up
television  networks could increase  significantly.  Although the Company is not
aware  of any  television  network  with  programming  focusing  principally  on
Recovery  Issues  and  Prevention  Issues,  there  are an  increasing  number of
recently introduced or planned cable networks which focus on overall life-style,
self-improvement and health themes and there are numerous programs which address
Recovery Issues and Prevention Issues. Moreover,  because The Recovery Network's
programming  is intended to provide  information  and support to persons  facing
Recovery Issues and Prevention  Issues,  The Recovery  Network and the Company's
recovery and  prevention-related  products and services  will compete with other
products and services which perform similar  functions,  such as support groups,
self-help  videos,  audio  cassettes  and books and  helplines.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will be able to  successfully  compete for air time,
channel capacity, advertiser time or viewership.

   
         Uncertainty of Protection of Proprietary  Information.  The Company has
pending  registration  applications  in the United  States  Patent and Trademark
Office for fifteen trademarks,  including the "Recovery Network" trademark.  The
Company believes that its trademarks and copyrights, including "The Recovery
    

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



   
Network"  trademark and tradename  and the signature  look of the network,  have
significant  value and are  important  to the  marketing  and  promotion  of The
Recovery Network and the Company's recovery and prevention-related  products and
services.  Although the Company  believes that its  trademarks and copyrights do
not and will not infringe trademarks or violate proprietary rights of others, it
is possible that existing  trademarks  and  copyrights  may not be valid or that
infringement of existing or future  trademarks or proprietary  rights may occur.
In the event the  Company's  trademarks  or  copyrights  infringe  trademarks or
proprietary  rights of others, the Company may be required to change the name of
its network,  proposed  television  shows,  radio talk show or obtain a license.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to do so in a timely
manner, on acceptable terms and conditions,  or at all. Failure to do any of the
foregoing  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  In addition,
there can be no  assurance  that the Company  will have the  financial  or other
resources necessary to enforce or defend a trademark infringement or proprietary
rights violation  action.  Moreover,  if the Company's  trademarks or copyrights
infringe the  trademarks or  proprietary  rights of others,  the Company  could,
under  certain  circumstances,  become  liable for  damages,  which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
    

         The Company also relies on trade secrets and  proprietary  know-how and
employs various methods to protect its concepts,  ideas and the documentation of
its television  programming and concepts in development.  However,  such methods
may not afford  complete  protection  and there can be no assurance  that others
will  not  independently  develop  similar  know-how  or  obtain  access  to the
Company's know-how, concepts, ideas and documentation. Furthermore, although the
Company has and expects to have  confidentiality and non-competition  agreements
with its employees and appropriate  consultants,  there can be no assurance that
such  arrangements  will adequately  protect the Company's trade secrets or that
others  will  not  independently  develop  programming  similar  to  that of the
Company.

         Insurance and Potential Liability. The operation of a television, radio
and interactive media business subjects the Company to possible liability claims
from  others,  including  viewers,  listeners  and  callers to the Help Line for
claims  arising  from the  unauthorized  use of name or  likeness,  invasion  of
privacy,  defamation  and  slander.  The  Company  maintains  general  liability
insurance  (with  coverage in amounts of up to  $1,000,000  per  occurrence  and
$1,000,000  per annum),  including  insurance  relating  to personal  injury and
advertising  injury, in amounts which the Company currently  considers adequate.
Nevertheless,  a partially or completely uninsured claim against the Company, if
successful, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         Control by Management.  The Company's  current  executive  officers and
directors  in  the  aggregate,  beneficially  own  approximately  20.8%  of  the
outstanding  Common  Stock.  Accordingly,  such  persons may have the ability to
exert  significant  influence  over  the  election  of the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  and  other  matters  submitted  to  the  Company's  shareholders  for
approval.

   
         Dependence on Key Personnel;  Need for Qualified Personnel. The success
of the Company will be largely  dependent on the personal  efforts of William D.
Moses,  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  and
other key personnel.  Neither Mr. Moses nor any officer of the Company, prior to
joining the Company,  had been  employed by a company in the areas of social and
behavioral health issues. The Company entered into an employment  agreement with
Mr.  Moses which  expired on September  30, 1998.  The Company and Mr. Moses are
currently  holding  conversations  regarding  the  terms  of  a  new  employment
agreement.  The loss of the services of Mr. Moses or other key  personnel  would
have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business and  prospects.  The
Company has obtained  key-man life  insurance in the amount of $2,000,000 on the
life of Mr.  Moses.  The success of the Company will also be dependent  upon its
ability  to  hire  and  retain  additional   qualified  industry,   programming,
marketing, financial and other personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is
intense,  and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire or
retain
                                      -13-
    

<PAGE>



additional  qualified  personnel.  Any inability to attract and retain qualified
personnel would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         No Dividends.  To date,  the Company has not paid any cash dividends on
the Common  Stock and does not expect to declare or pay  dividends on the Common
Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition,  the payment of cash dividends may
be limited or  prohibited  by the terms of future loan  agreements or the future
authorization and issuance of Preferred Stock.

   
         Possible Adverse Effect of Outstanding Options and Warrants.  As of the
date of this  Prospectus,  there are 531,006  shares  reserved for issuance upon
exercise of outstanding  non-plan stock options, of which 87,176 are exercisable
at an exercise price of $2.32 per share,  18,000 are  exercisable at an exercise
price of $1.56 per share,  23,247 are  exercisable at an exercise price of $3.10
per  share,  50,000 are  exercisable  at an  exercise  price of $2.50 per share,
350,000 are  exercisable  at an exercise  price of $2.00 per share and 2,583 are
exercisable at an exercise price of $5.00 per share; 930,166 shares are reserved
for issuance upon  exercise of  outstanding  options  under the Company's  stock
option plans of which 141,420 are exercisable at $5.00 per share and 788,746 are
exercisable at $1.56 per share. In addition,  as of the date of this Prospectus,
there are 1,015,498  shares  reserved for issuance upon exercise of  outstanding
warrants,  including  500,000 shares  reserved for issuance upon exercise of the
Financing  Warrants (as defined herein) and 500,000 shares reserved for issuance
upon exercise of the  Warrants.  The Financing  Warrants are  exercisable  until
March 6, 2002 at a price of $5.50 per share.  To the extent  warrants or options
are  exercised,  dilution of the  interests  of the  Company's  Common Stock may
occur.  Moreover,  the  terms  upon  which  the  Company  will be able to obtain
additional  equity  financing  may be  adversely  affected  since the holders of
outstanding options and warrants can be expected to exercise them at a time when
the Company would,  in all  likelihood,  be able to obtain capital on terms more
favorable to the Company than those provided by such options and warrants.
    

         No Assurance of Public Market;  Possible  Volatility of Market Price of
Common  Stock and  Warrants.  Prior to the  Company's  IPO,  there was no public
trading market for the Common Stock or Redeemable  Warrants (as defined herein).
There can be no assurance that a regular  trading market for the Common Stock or
Redeemable Warrants (as defined herein) will be sustained.  The market prices of
the Company's  securities  following this offering may be highly volatile as has
been the case with the securities of other emerging  companies.  Factors such as
the  Company's   operating   results,   announcements  by  the  Company  or  its
competitors,  introduction  of new  programs by the Company or its  competitors,
changes in financial  estimates of securities analysts and factors effecting the
cable television  industry generally may have a significant impact on the market
price of the Company's  securities.  Additionally,  in recent  years,  the stock
market has  experienced a high level of price and volume  volatility  and market
prices  for the stock of many  companies,  particularly  of small  and  emerging
growth  companies,  the  common  stock  of which  trade in the  over-the-counter
market, have experienced wide price fluctuations which have not necessarily been
related to the operating performance of such companies.

   
         Possible Delisting of Securities from Nasdaq Systems; Risks Relating to
Penny Stocks.  In order to continue to be listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,
the Company must  maintain  $2,000,000  in net tangible  assets and a $1,000,000
market value on the public float. In addition,  continued inclusion requires two
market  makers,  a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share and adherence to certain
corporate governance provisions.  The failure to meet these maintenance criteria
in the future may result in the  delisting  of the Common  Stock and  Redeemable
Warrants from the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  and trading,  if any, in the Common
Stock and Redeemable  Warrants  would  thereafter be conducted in the non-Nasdaq
over-the-counter  market. As a result of such delisting,  an investor could find
it more  difficult  to dispose of, or to obtain  accurate  quotations  as to the
market value of, the Common Stock and Redeemable Warrants. As of the October 23,
1998, the bid price for
                                      -14-
    

<PAGE>



   
the Common Stock was $2.06 per share. There can be no assurance that the minimum
bid price of the Common Stock will remain above $1.00 per share.
    

         In addition, if the Common Stock and Redeemable Warrants were to become
delisted from trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the trading price of the
Common Stock were to remain  below $5.00 per share,  trading in the Common Stock
would also be subject to the requirements of certain rules promulgated under the
Exchange  Act,  which  require   additional   disclosure  by  broker-dealers  in
connection  with  any  trades  involving  a  stock  defined  as  a  penny  stock
(generally,  any non-Nasdaq equity security that has a market price of less than
$5.00 per  share,  subject  to  certain  exceptions).  Such  rules  require  the
delivery,  prior  to any  penny  stock  transaction,  of a  disclosure  schedule
explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated  therewith and impose
various sales practice  requirements on broker-dealers  who sell penny stocks to
persons other than  established  customers and accredited  investors  (generally
defined as an investor with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income
exceeding $200,000  individually or $300,000 together with a spouse).  For these
types  of  transactions,  the  broker-dealer  must  make a  special  suitability
determination  for the  purchaser  and have  received  the  purchaser's  written
consent  to the  transaction  prior to the  sale.  The  broker-dealer  also must
disclose the  commissions  payable to the  broker-dealer,  current bid and offer
quotations  for  the  penny  stock  and,  if  the   broker-dealer  is  the  sole
market-maker,  the broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer's
presumed  control  over the  market.  Such  information  must be provided to the
customer  orally or in writing before or with the written  confirmation of trade
sent to the customer.  Monthly  statements must be sent disclosing  recent price
information  for the penny  stock held in the  account  and  information  on the
limited   market  in  penny  stocks.   The  additional   burdens   imposed  upon
broker-dealers  by such  requirements  could, in the event the Common Stock were
deemed  to  be  a  penny  stock,   discourage   broker-dealers   from  effecting
transactions in the Common Stock which could severely limit the market liquidity
of the Common Stock and the ability of  purchasers  in this offering to sell the
Common Stock in the secondary market.

   
         Shares Eligible for Future Sale;  Registration  Rights. The Company has
6,334,833  shares  of  Common  Stock   outstanding   (assuming  no  exercise  of
outstanding  options or  warrants).  Of such shares  2,521,250  shares of Common
Stock  are  "restricted  securities",  as that  term  is  defined  in  Rule  144
promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act,  and in the  future  may be sold  only
pursuant to an effective  registration  statement  under the Securities  Act, in
compliance  with the  exemption  provisions  of Rule 144 or  pursuant to another
exemption  under the  Securities  Act. Of the 2,521,250  restricted  shares,  an
aggregate of 1,681,139 shares are eligible for sale, without registration, under
Rule 144 (subject to certain volume  limitations  prescribed by such rule and to
the contractual  restrictions  described  below).  In addition,  833,223 of such
restricted  shares (not including  500,000 shares  issuable upon exercise of the
Financing Warrants) are subject to certain  registration rights, and the Company
has granted Whale Securities Co., L.P. demand and piggyback  registration rights
with respect to the securities issuable upon exercise of certain warrants issued
thereto.  No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that sales of such
securities  or the  availability  of such  securities  for sale will have on the
market prices  prevailing from time to time.  Substantially all of the Company's
officers,  directors  and  security  holders  have  agreed  not to (i)  sell  or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock in any public market transaction
(including  pursuant  to Rule  144) or (ii)  exercise  any  rights  held by such
holders to cause the  Company to  register  any shares of Common  Stock for sale
pursuant to the Securities Act until September 29, 1998 (September 29, 1999 with
respect to the Financing  Shares,  Financing  Warrants and shares  issuable upon
exercise of the Financing  Warrants).  The possibility that a substantial number
of the  Company's  securities  may be sold in the public  market  may  adversely
affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and Redeemable Warrants and
could  impair the  Company's  ability to raise  capital  through the sale of its
equity securities.
    

         Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers.  As permitted by the
Colorado  Business  Corporation  Act, the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation
provide that directors and officers of the Company will not be

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



personally  liable to the Company or its  shareholders  for monetary damages for
breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director or officer,  except for  liability  for
breach of a  director's  or  officer's  duty of  loyalty  to the  Company or its
shareholders,  for  acts  or  omissions  not in  good  faith  or  which  involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  for acts  relating to
unlawful distributions or for any transaction from which the director or officer
derived an improper  personal benefit.  The Company's  Articles of Incorporation
also provide  (subject to certain  exceptions)  that the Company  shall,  to the
maximum  extent  permitted  from  time to time  under  the law of the  State  of
Colorado, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to, any director or
officer to the extent permitted under such law as it may from time to time be in
effect.  The  Company's  bylaws  require the Company to  indemnify,  to the full
extent permitted by law, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company
for acts which such  person  reasonably  believes  are not in  violation  of the
Company's corporate purposes as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation. As a
result  of these  provisions,  shareholders  may be unable  to  recover  damages
against the  directors  and  officers  of the Company for actions  taken by them
which constitute negligence, gross negligence, or a violation of their fiduciary
duties, which may reduce the likelihood of shareholders  instituting  derivative
litigation   against   directors  and  officers  and  may  discourage  or  deter
shareholders from suing directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company
for breaches of their duty of care,  even though such an action,  if successful,
might otherwise benefit the Company and its shareholders.

                                      -16-

<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
         The Company will not receive any  proceeds  from the sale of the Shares
by the Selling Shareholders. However, on June 29, 1998, the Company entered into
the  Agreements  with the  Subscribers  (the "Private  Placement").  The Company
received net proceeds of approximately $2,200,000 from the sale of the Shares to
the Subscribers  pursuant to the Private Placement.  In addition to the proceeds
received in the Private  Placement,  the Company may receive $3 million pursuant
to a "put"  provision in the Agreements  that is subject to various  conditions,
including  those  relating to minimum market price,  minimum  trading volume and
timing.  There can be no assurance that the Company will exercise the Put Rights
or receive any of the proceeds therefrom.  The net proceeds from the sale of the
Shares to the  Subscribers are being used by the Company for working capital and
general  corporate  purposes.  The proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants or
the options issued to certain of the Selling Shareholders,  if any, will be used
by the Company for working capital and general corporate purposes.

         The Company  anticipates  that the  proceeds of the Private  Placement,
together with projected revenues from operations, will be sufficient to fund the
Company's operations and capital  requirements until approximately  November 30,
1998. There can be no assurance,  however,  that such funds will not be expended
prior  thereto  due to  unanticipated  changes in economic  conditions  or other
unforeseen  circumstances.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  additional
financing  will  be  available  to the  Company  when  needed,  on  commercially
reasonable terms, or at all.
    

         Proceeds not immediately required for the purposes described above will
be invested  principally in short-term bank certificates of deposit,  short-term
securities,  United  States  Government  obligations,  money market  instruments
and/or other interest-bearing investments.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock,  and
the Board of  Directors  does not intend to declare or pay any  dividends on its
Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  The Board currently  intends to retain
all available  earnings (if any)  generated by the Company's  operations for the
development  and growth of its business.  The  declaration  in the future of any
cash or stock  dividends  on the Common Stock will be at the  discretion  of the
Board and will depend upon a variety of factors, including the earnings, capital
requirements  and  financial  position  of  the  Company  and  general  economic
conditions at the time in question.  In addition,  the payment of cash dividends
on the Common Stock in the future could be limited or prohibited by the terms of
financing  agreements that may be entered into by the Company (e.g., a bank line
of credit or an  agreement  relating to the issuance of debt  securities  of the
Company)  or by the terms of any  Preferred  Stock  that may be  authorized  and
issued.

                                      -17-

<PAGE>



                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The  Shares may be  offered  for sale from time to time by the  Selling
Stockholder  or their  pledgees,  donees,  transferees  or other  successors  in
interest, in the over-the-counter  market, in privately negotiated  transactions
or otherwise, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The Shares may be sold
directly by the Selling Shareholders or through one or more broker-dealers. Such
broker-dealers may receive compensation in the form of commissions, discounts or
concessions from the Selling  Shareholders  and/or purchasers of Shares for whom
such broker-dealers may act as agent, or to whom they may sell as principal,  or
both (which  compensation as to a particular  broker-dealer  may be in excess of
customary commissions).  The Selling Shareholders and such broker-dealers may be
deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the of Securities Act, and any
discounts,  commissions  and concessions and any profit realized on any sales of
the Shares may be deemed to be underwriting compensation.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is not a party to, nor is any of its property,  the subject
of, any material pending legal proceedings.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
         The following table sets forth (i) the capitalization of the Company as
of June 30,  1998,  and (ii) the pro forma  capitalization  at such  date  after
giving  retroactive  effect to the issuance of 333,334 shares of Common Stock to
the Subscribers  for net proceeds of  approximately  $655,000,  13,115 shares of
Common Stock to the Placement  Agents and 138,890  shares of Common Stock to the
Subscribers for no additional proceeds.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                          June 30, 1998
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                  Actual             Pro Forma (a)
                                                                  ------             -------------
                                                                                      (unaudited)
                                           
<S>                                                           <C>                     <C>
Short-term debt, including current portion of capital lease      
   obligation...............................................        $17,029                 $17,029
                                                              ===============     =================
Long-term obligation under capital lease, net of current                                              
   maturities...............................................        $13,126                  13,126
                                                              ---------------     ------------------
Shareholders' equity:                                                                                 
   Common Stock, $.01 par value: 25,000,000 shares                                                    
      authorized; 5,791,494 shares issued and                                                         
      outstanding, actual and 6,334,833 shares issued                                                 
      and outstanding, pro forma ...........................         57,915                   63,348
      Additional paid-in capital............................     17,050,969               17,700,536
      Prepaid consulting ...................................       (461,250)                (461,250)
      Deficit accumulated in the development stage..........    (14,158,853)             (14,158,853)
                                                              ---------------          --------------
      Total shareholders' equity (deficit)..................      2,488,781                3,143,781
                                                              ---------------          --------------
      Total capitalization..................................     $2,501,907               $3,156,907
                                                              ===============          ==============
      
</TABLE>


(a)     Gives  effect to the  issuance of 333,334  shares of Common Stock to the
        Subscribers for net proceeds of approximately $655,000 and 13,115 shares
        of Common Stock to the Placement Agents,  all of which was released from
        escrow on  October  2,  1998  after  shareholder  approval  of such,  as
        required  pursuant  to the  rules of the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  was
        obtained on  September  24,  1998.  Also gives effect to the issuance of
        138,890  shares  of  Common  Stock to the  Subscribers  pursuant  to the
        Agreements, as amended. Does not give effect to any additional shares of
        Common  Stock  that may be  issuable  pursuant  to the  exercise  of the
        Warrants  or  pursuant  to any  other  provision  of the  Agreements  or
        pursuant to exercise of any outstanding options or warrants.
    

                                      -19-

<PAGE>


                     MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY
                         AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

   
         Prior to  September  29,  1997,  there was no market for the  Company's
securities.  From  September  29, 1997 until  January 7, 1998,  one share of the
Company's Common Stock and one Redeemable  Warrant (which entitled the holder to
purchase  one share of Common  Stock at a price of $5.50 per share  through  the
close of business on September 29, 2002, or an earlier redemption date) (each, a
"Redeemable  Warrant" and collectively,  the "Redeemable  Warrants") traded as a
unit (each,  a "Unit" and  collectively,  the  "Units").  Starting on January 9,
1998,  shares of the Company's  Common Stock and the  Redeemable  Warrants began
trading  separately.  In all  cases,  the  Company's  Units,  Common  Stock  and
Redeemable  Warrants traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  The table below sets
forth the high and low  closing bid prices for the Units,  the Common  Stock and
the Redeemable Warrants,  as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  during the
period  September  29, 1997 to September  30,  1998.  The  quotations  represent
inter-dealer  quotations without  adjustment for retail mark-ups,  mark-downs or
commissions and may not represent actual transactions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  Common Stock             Redeemable Warrants          Units
                                                  ------------             -------------------         ------
                                                High         Low         High         Low         High         Low   

<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>      
Quarter Ended September 30, 1997........        N/A          N/A         N/A          N/A        7 5/8         5 1/4
Quarter Ended December 31, 1997.........        N/A          N/A         N/A          N/A        7 1/4         3 5/8
Quarter Ended March 31, 1998............        4 1/8        3           1            5/8        3 7/8         3 1/2
Quarter Ended June 30, 1998.............        6 1/2        2 3/4       1 5/8        7/16       N/A           N/A
Quarter Ended September 30, 1998........        2 3/16       1             5/8        1/8        N/A           N/A
</TABLE>

         As of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has  outstanding
6,334,833 shares of Common Stock owned by  approximately  108 holders of record,
and 2,413,900 Redeemable Warrants owned by approximately 3 holders of record.
    


                                      -20-

<PAGE>

                                PLAN OF OPERATION

   
         In April 1997, the Company nationally  launched The Recovery Network, a
cable  television  network.   Pursuant  to  a  nesting  contract  (the  "Nesting
Contract")  with ATN, ATN provided  satellite  uplink,  master control and other
related services (collectively, the "ATN Services") on its satellite transponder
to The Recovery  Network for two hours of telecast time every day to subscribers
of  cable  systems  with  which  ATN had  affiliation  agreements.  The  Nesting
Contract, as amended, expired on August 31, 1998.

         On September 1, 1998, The Recovery Network began  broadcasting a 4 hour
block of  programming  that  repeats  6 times a day to  approximately  3,000,000
subscribers.  The Company entered into a five year contract with Group W Network
Services,  a division of CBS corporation  ("Group W"), pursuant to which Group W
is to supply a fully dedicated Digital Satellite  Transponder master control and
uplink  utilizing  Scientific  Atlanta's  Power Vu equipment  (the  "Transponder
Contract").  The  Transponder  Contract  affords the Company  the  potential  to
transmit its signal  throughout North America 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The
Company currently has obtained distribution of its programming with Cablevision,
Cox  Communications,  Telecommunications,  Inc.  and CableOne  (the  "Affiliated
Systems").

         The  Company  has also  identified  and is  targeting  all local  cable
systems in the United States with at least 50,000  subscribers and is engaged in
a general marketing campaign  ("affiliate  marketing")  directed at gaining more
viewers.  The Company intends to evolve into a full-time  digital cable network,
and in turn, generate the traditional licensing fees from cable operators.

         To date, the Company has incurred significant net losses, including net
losses of  $1,223,829,  $3,817,652  and  $8,261,734 for the years ended June 30,
1996, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  The Company anticipates that the continuing
evolution of the Company's  cable  television  network,  together with its world
wide web site on the  Internet  and its radio show will  enable  the  Company to
achieve greater  distribution of both its programming and the other products and
services  it offers.  In turn,  the  Company  expects to market and  promote its
revenue  opportunities.  The Company  anticipates that it will generate revenues
from  advertising  sales  on The  Recovery  Network,  Recovery  Interactive  and
Recovery Talk Radio, merchandising recovery-related products and services on The
Recovery  Network,  Recovery  Interactive,  Recovery  Talk  Radio,  and  through
Recovery Direct. The Company expects to generate revenues from Recovery TeleCare
by providing  callers  with  telephone  counseling.  The Company also expects to
generate  revenues from license fees from cable operators for its programming as
Recovery  Network  evolves into a full-time  digital cable network.  The Company
does not expect that it will  generate any  meaningful  revenues from fees until
such time, if ever,  that it enters into  affiliation  agreements  providing the
Company with a significant  subscriber  base. There can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to enter into  affiliation  agreements  with  local  cable
systems with a sufficient  number of  subscribers,  achieve  significant  viewer
loyalty or attract  advertisers for The Recovery  Network,  generate  meaningful
revenues or achieve  profitable  operations.  The Company also  anticipates that
Recovery  Interactive  will generate  revenue from monthly  subscriber fees from
managed care companies,  insurance companies and employers for delivering mental
and  behavioral  health  benefits  to  covered   individuals,   advertising  and
merchandising  although there can be no assurance that Recovery Interactive will
generate  meaningful  revenues or achieve profitable  operations.  Finally,  the
Company has in the past obtained federal grant moneys of an aggregate of $63,200
from the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and the Center for Substance Abuse
Prevention and expects to continue to obtain federal grant moneys in the future.
There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the  Company  will be able to obtain
federal grant moneys.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The Company's  primary  capital  requirements in the next twelve months
will  be to  fund  the  costs  of its  affiliate  marketing  efforts,  sales  of
advertising time and producing and acquiring programming,  satellite transponder
costs,  costs for uplink,  master control and transmission  services,  and other
working capital expenses.

         The Company's  capital  requirements  have been and will continue to be
significant  and its cash  requirements  have been  exceeding its cash flow from
operations.  At June 30,  1998,  the  Company had a working  capital  surplus of
$1,497,226.
    

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

Due to, among other things,  the lack of meaningful  revenues,  costs associated
with program development and affiliate  marketing efforts,  the Company has been
substantially  dependent upon various private  placements and its initial public
offering to fund its operations.

   
         During the period from November 1995 through March 1, 1997, the Company
issued in private  placements  745,674  shares of Common Stock at prices ranging
from  $.77 per  share to $3.48  per  share  for net  proceeds  of  approximately
$1,433,767.  Additionally,  the Company raised debt proceeds of $310,000 through
another private placement. See the Company's registration statement on Form SB-2
dated September 29, 1997 for specifics of these financing activities.

         In March and April 1997, the Company completed a private financing (the
"Private  Financing") pursuant to which it issued an aggregate of (i) $2,000,000
principal amount of unsecured  non-negotiable  promissory notes bearing interest
at the rate of 9% per annum (the  "Financing  Notes");  (ii)  400,000  shares of
Common Stock;  and (iii)  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share.  The  offering  price was
$50,000 per financing unit. After payment of $200,000 in placement agent fees to
the placement  agent for the Company in connection  with the Private  Financing,
and other offering expenses of approximately  $262,000, the Company received net
proceeds of  approximately  $1,538,000 from the sale of the financing units. The
net  proceeds  of the Private  Financing  were used by the  Company  for,  among
things, an affiliate  marketing  campaign in connection with the national launch
of The  Recovery  Network,  programming  expenses  for the  production  of "Full
Circle",  "Testimony"  and "Bottoms",  a capital  contribution  in the amount of
$200,000 to Recovery  Interactive  and payments under the Nesting  Contract with
ATN in the amount of $102,000.  The Company repaid the entire  principal  amount
of, and accrued  interest on, the Financing  Notes in October 1997 with proceeds
received from its initial public offering.

         During July and August 1997, the Company issued  Promissory  Notes with
an  aggregate  principal  amount of $605,250 to five  lenders  (the  "Promissory
Notes").  The Company  paid to each lender a loan  origination  fee in an amount
equal to 5% of the Promissory  Notes, or approximately  $30,300.  The Promissory
Notes plus $95,000 of interest  thereon were repaid on October 3, 1997.  The net
proceeds from the issuance of the Promissory Notes were used for working capital
purposes. The Company incurred financing costs during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1998 of  approximately  $750,000  relating to the Private  Financing and the
Promissory Notes.

         On October 3, 1997, the Company consummated its initial public offering
("IPO") pursuant to which it issued 2,415,000 units (each, a "Unit").  Each Unit
consisted  of one share of Common Stock and one  redeemable  warrant to purchase
one share of Common Stock at $5.50 per share (each, a "Redeemable Warrant"). The
net  proceeds  received  from the IPO were  $10,141,757,  and the amount of said
proceeds utilized by June 30, 1998 was approximately $9,540,000 used principally
to repay debt and pay operating expenses.

         On June  29,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  certain  subscription
agreements   (the   "Agreements")   with   7   investors   (collectively,    the
"Subscribers").  Such Agreements  were amended in October 1998.  Pursuant to the
Agreements,  the Company is entitled to aggregate  proceeds of up to  $5,500,000
(the "Private  Placement").  The Private Placement  provides for the issuance by
the  Company  of (i)  1,250,000  shares  (the  "Shares")  of  Common  Stock  for
$2,500,000,  or $2.00 per share,  (ii) additional  shares of Common Stock to the
Subscribers  pursuant to certain other  provisions of the Agreements,  including
shares issuable for no additional  consideration pursuant to the Reset Rights in
the  Agreements  and shares  issuable for up to  $3,000,000  pursuant to a "put"
provision in the Agreements (the "Additional Shares"),  and (iii) 500,000 shares
of Common Stock upon the exercise of warrants (the "Warrants"). The Warrants are
exercisable at exercise prices between $4.00 and $6.00 per share.

         In October  1998,  in connection  with various  consulting  and service
agreements,  the Company  agreed to issue,  in exchange for consulting and other
services,  a total of 58,000 shares of Common Stock, options to purchase 400,000
shares of Common Stock,  75,000 of which are  exercisable at $2.50 per share and
325,000 of which are  exercisable  at $2.00 per share.  The options  immediately
vest, and have various  registration  rights. If fully exercised,  the aggregate
proceeds from the exercise of the stock options and warrants will be $837,500.
    

                                      -22-

<PAGE>


   
         The Company anticipates that the proceeds received from the sale of the
Shares to the  Subscribers  in the Private  Placement,  together with  projected
revenues from  operations,  will be sufficient to fund the Company's  operations
and capital requirements until approximately  November 30, 1998. There can be no
assurance,  however,  that such funds will not be expended  prior thereto due to
unanticipated changes in economic conditions or other unforeseen  circumstances.
In the event the Company's plans change or its assumptions change or prove to be
inaccurate,  the Company could be required to seek additional  financing  sooner
than currently anticipated. The Company has no current arrangements with respect
to, or potential sources of, any additional financing, and it is not anticipated
that  existing  shareholders  will provide any portion of the  Company's  future
financing  requirements.  Consequently,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  any
additional   financing  will  be  available  to  the  Company  when  needed,  on
commercially  reasonable  terms,  or at all. Any inability to obtain  additional
financing  when  needed  would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company,
requiring  it to curtail and possibly  cease its  operations.  In addition,  any
additional equity financing may involve substantial dilution to the interests of
the Company's then existing shareholders.
    

Year 2000 Compliance

   
         The  Company  is in the  process of  modifying  or  replacing  software
components  that it uses so that such  software will  properly  recognize  dates
beyond  December  31,  1999  ("Year  2000   Compliance").   The  cost  for  such
modifications  and replacements is not expected to be material.  There can be no
guarantee that the systems of such other companies will be timely converted,  or
that their  conversion  will be  compatible  with  information  included  in the
Company's systems,  without a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
    

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

General

   
         
The Recovery Network,  Inc. (the "Company") is a digital media company organized
to address  the social  and  behavioral  health  issues of persons  affected  by
substance  abuse,  eating  disorders,  domestic  violence,  depression and child
abuse, and other social and behavioral health issues.  Drawing on the converging
digital technologies of cable television,  the Internet, and telephony services,
the Company  addresses the  aforementioned  social and behavioral issues through
broadcasting  The Recovery  Network(TM),  a cable  television  network which was
relaunched  nationally  in  September  1998 as a 4 hour  per day  program  block
repeated  6  times  a  day.  The  Company  has  contracted  with  CBS/Group  W's
Westinghouse  Division to supply a fully dedicated Digital Satellite Transponder
master control and uplink utilizing Scientific Atlanta's Power Vu equipment. The
Company also owns a 20% interest in RecoveryNet  Interactive,  L.L.C. ("Recovery
Interactive"),  a joint venture with TCI Online RN Holdings,  Inc.  ("TCII") (an
affiliate of Tele-Communications,  Inc., "TCI") and FHC Internet Services, L.C.,
(an  affiliate  of  FHC  Health  Systems,  Inc.),  formed  in  August  1996  and
recapitalized  and reorganized in October 1998. The current strategy of Recovery
Interactive is to provide  Internet and online  behavioral  health care products
and  services to managed care  organizations,  Health  Management  Organizations
("HMOs"),  Employee  Assistance  Programs  ("EAPs"),  as well as to address  the
social and behavioral health issues through an integrated  multimedia  platform.
The Company also operates  Recovery  TeleCare(TM).  Recovery  TeleCare  offers a
toll-fee  telephone  help-line  (the "Help Line"),  which  provides our audience
access both to  information  and help in their  communities,  and a  specialized
telephone  counseling  service  available to callers at a cost. The Company also
airs  Recovery  Talk  Radio(TM),  a  nationally  syndicated  talk radio  program
introduced in December 1996 and now available on 53 stations.  Finally, Recovery
Direct is a wholly-owned  subsidiary which markets products and services through
the  above-mentioned  digital media to television,  Internet and radio audiences
and to institutional, educational and correctional markets.
    

Overview

         The Recovery Market

   
         The Company believes that the market for programming directed at social
and behavioral health issues consists of four groups: (i) friends,  families and
co-workers (the "Affected  Others") of persons  afflicted with substance  abuse,
eating  disorders,  domestic  violence,  depression  and child abuse,  and other
social and behavioral  health issues ("Recovery  Issues");  (ii) persons who are
already in  recovery  ("Persons  in  Recovery")  and seek the daily  support and
connection  to others in recovery;  (iii)  afflicted  persons who are not yet in
recovery  either because they are unaware of the resources that are available or
are  unwilling or unable to attend  meetings or seek help  publicly  ("Afflicted
Persons");  and (iv) persons  seeking to prevent the onset of these problems and
select positive life-style choices ("Prevention Issues"),  particularly families
with children. The Company believes that these four groups make up a significant
portion of the nation's population.
    

         The Company expects that a substantial  portion of its audience will be
the Affected Others.  According to The American  Journal of Psychiatry  Official
Practice Guide published in November 1995,  approximately  56 million persons in
the United States are directly affected by alcohol abuse or addiction alone. The
National  Association  for Children of Alcoholics  estimated  that in 1995 there
were  approximately  26.8 million children of alcoholics in the United States. A
substantial  number of employers  and coworkers are affected by alcohol abuse in
the workplace.

         Persons in Recovery  include the  millions of Americans  who  regularly
attend  meetings  of  various  support  groups,  such as  Alcoholics  Anonymous,
Al-Anon, Overeaters Anonymous, Cocaine Anonymous, Narcotics Anonymous, or are in
some other form of treatment,  including counseling. While this group is smaller
than the Affected  Others,  the Company  believes  that The  Recovery  Network's
programming will provide a useful and important  service to Persons in Recovery,
and that  members  of this  group  are  likely to make an effort to seek out the
Company's  programming and to inform others in their  respective  support groups
about The Recovery Network.

         Afflicted  Persons  include the  estimated  43 million  Americans  who,
according to the 1995  National  Household  Survey on Drug Abuse (the  "National
Household  Survey"),  are heavy or binge  drinkers  and the  approximately  12.8
million

                                      -24-

<PAGE>

who use illegal drugs.  Afflicted Persons also include  approximately 20% of the
female  population  between  the  ages of 12 and 30 that  Anorexia  and  Related
Disorders,  Inc. in 1992 estimated had a major eating  disorder such as anorexia
or bulimia or some of its  symptoms,  and the 59% of the adult  population  that
Scientific  American,  in August 1996,  estimated met the current  definition of
clinical obesity.

         Afflicted  Persons also include  persons  suffering from depression and
persons who wish to quit  smoking.  In 1993,  The  National  Institute of Health
estimated that more than 11 million Americans  suffered from depression and that
one in eight persons will be affected by depression sometime in their lives. The
National  Household  Survey  estimates that there were 61 million  Americans who
were current  smokers in 1995,  many of whom the Company  believes  wish to quit
smoking.

         With  the  recent  substantial  rise  in  drug  use,  especially  among
adolescents,  the  Company  believes  that  there is and will  continue  to be a
growing interest in Prevention Issues, particularly in families with adolescents
ages 13 to 18.  According to the National  Household  Survey,  the percentage of
adolescents  using illegal drugs increased 105% from 1992 to 1995, and, in 1995,
approximately  18% of 18 to  20-year  olds  and  approximately  15.6%  of 16 and
17-year  olds used illegal  drugs.  A recent  survey by the  National  Center on
Addiction  and  Substance  Abuse cited  drugs as the number one  problem  facing
teenagers.

         Despite   the   perceived   size  of  the  market  for   recovery   and
prevention-related  products and  services,  the Company  believes that there is
currently no effective national marketplace to enable suppliers of such products
and services to reach their target  consumers.  The Company  believes  that,  to
date,  consumers seeking recovery and  prevention-related  products and services
have  done so  primarily  through  local  support  groups,  such  as  Alcoholics
Anonymous,  local treatment centers,  counseling  through health  professionals,
churches and schools in their  communities,  and from self-help  books and other
materials. A disadvantage of these traditional sources is that they all require,
to some extent, that the consumer publicly acknowledge that he or she is seeking
information.  The Company  believes that many persons in its target audience may
be reluctant to seek help publicly.

         The Cable Television Market

         Cable  television  was first  developed in the late 1940s  primarily to
serve rural communities unable to receive broadcast  television signals. By June
1995,  there  were  more than  11,200  cable  systems  serving  over 60  million
subscribers  in over 32,000  communities  in the United  States.  Of these cable
systems,  259 of them have 50,000 or more subscribers.  The largest cable system
in the country has over 1,000,000  subscribers,  but only the 30 largest systems
have  200,000  subscribers  or more.  Cable  system  operators  range from large
multiple system operators  ("MSOs") that own many systems to small,  independent
systems that serve as few as several  thousand  households.  The 10 largest MSOs
control  231 of the 259  largest  systems  and have  approximately  80% of their
subscribers. Despite this concentration,  each system operates under a franchise
from the government of the local  community in which it is located.  Thus,  MSOs
and  other  cable  operators  have  to  contract  with  the  local   franchising
authorities for each cable system.

         The cable  industry is  regulated by federal and state  governments  in
part to help local communities insure that their community receives some benefit
from the valuable local  rights-of-way  it grants to the cable system  operator.
Many local franchising  authorities  require that cable systems devote a portion
of their channel capacity to public access,  educational and governmental access
channels.  Many  communities also expect cable systems to offer a minimum amount
of channel capacity,  certain system design features and programming that either
originates  from or addresses  the needs and  interests of the local  community.
This concept is commonly  referred to in the industry as  "localism."  Prominent
individuals in the cable industry are aware that, for a variety of reasons,  the
industry  has not  fulfilled on the promise of  localism.  The Company  believes
that, as cable  franchise  contracts  expire and are subject to renewal over the
next several  years,  many cable systems will need to upgrade and expand channel
capacity as well as to demonstrate to the communities their continued commitment
to localism to obtain renewal.

         Most  programming  decisions for the majority of cable systems that are
owned by MSOs are made at the MSO level in negotiations  between the MSO and the
various  television  networks.  Typically,  these  negotiations,  if successful,
result in one of two  types of  affiliation  agreement.  In one,  the  agreement
specifically identifies which local cable systems will carry

                                      -25-

<PAGE>



the programming and does not directly  involve the cable system in negotiations.
In the other,  the agreement  specifies terms that are approved at the MSO level
but  requires  the  network  to  negotiate  affiliation   agreements  with  each
individual  cable system.  Many cable systems also have local channels which are
designed to serve the community's  needs and interests,  and the decision to add
programming  to these  channels is typically left to the discretion of the local
cable  system  manager.  Some,  but not  all,  networks,  receive  license  fees
calculated on a per subscriber, per month basis. According to an industry survey
of 41 networks in 1996, 38 networks  received monthly fees ranging from $.03 per
subscriber to $.70 per  subscriber  and three  networks did not receive  license
fees.  Of those 38 networks that  received  license  fees, 22 networks  received
license fees ranging from $.10 to $.29.  Generally,  networks that air less than
16 hours of programming per day do not receive license fees.  Also, new networks
often offer their programming for some period of time after their launch free to
cable  systems  that sign  affiliation  agreements  within a certain  time after
launch.  In some cases,  newly-launched  networks also provide  affiliates  with
monetary launch support or other financial incentives in order to secure initial
carriage.

         Channel  capacity on most cable systems is currently  limited.  Channel
capacity is  generally  a function  of the  bandwidth  of the  individual  cable
system's  infrastructure.  Recently  developed digital  technologies offer cable
systems  a  cost  effective  method  for  expanding  channel  capacity.  Digital
technologies enable the cable systems to compress multiple digital channels into
the bandwidth  currently required for a single analog channel.  The cable system
sends the compressed,  multi-channel  signal to a subscriber's  home where it is
decompressed by a digital converter box ("digibox"). This new technology permits
a cable system to expand  significantly its current channel capacity with a much
lower capital investment than would be required to install fiber optic cables or
to make other major  infrastructure  upgrades.  TCI, one of the nation's largest
MSOs, has stated its intention to provide  digiboxes to all of its  subscribers,
and TCI, along with a consortium of other MSOs,  recently announced an order for
25 million digiboxes to be delivered and installed over the next few years.

         The recent  introduction of direct satellite  services ("DSS") has also
increased  pressure on cable systems to offer more  channels and  services.  DSS
systems  offer their  subscribers  more than twice as many channels as all but a
small number of cable systems, with better audio and video quality. The price of
the satellite  dishes  required to receive  programming has dropped to the point
that  DSS  is  currently  price  competitive  with  premium  cable.  There  were
approximately  4.5  million  DSS  subscribers  in February  1997,  and  industry
analysts expect that number to reach approximately 19 million by the year 2000.

         The Company  believes that the combination of DSS and the conversion of
cable systems from analog to digital signal transmission will create substantial
additional  channel  capacity over the next several years.  The Company believes
that  these  developments  will  hasten  the full time  launch  of The  Recovery
Network.

The Recovery Network

   
         In April 1997, the Company launched The Recovery Network nationally via
satellite  transmission  under a nesting contract (the "Nesting  Contract") with
Access  Television  Network  ("ATN").  Pursuant  to the  Nesting  Contract,  ATN
provided   satellite   uplink,   master  control  and  other  related   services
(collectively,  the "ATN Services") on its satellite transponder to The Recovery
Network  for two  hours of  broadcast  time  every day to  subscribers  of cable
systems with which ATN had  affiliation  agreements.  The Nesting  Contract,  as
amended, expired on August 31, 1998.

         In May 1998, the Company entered into a five year contract with Group W
Network Services, a division of CBS Corporation, to provide program origination,
master control operations, uplink and C-Band Satellite transponder services (the
"Transponder  Contract").   The  Transponder  Contract  allows  the  Company  to
broadcast  24 hours a day,  rather  than  the 2 hours a day  under  the  Nesting
Contract. On September 1, 1998, the Company began broadcasting a 4 hour block of
programming that it repeats 6 times a day to 16 cable systems with approximately
3,000,000 subscribers. The Company's programming schedule allows cable operators
the flexibility to receive the Company's signal transmission at any time.
    

         The Transponder  Contract,  however,  does not provide the Company with
access to subscribers as did the Nesting Contract. Therefore, in addition to its
current  distribution,  the Company is seeking 4 hours of broadcast time per day
in local cable systems in a large number of markets.  The Company has identified
all local cable systems in the United States with

                                      -26-

<PAGE>



at least  50,000  subscribers  and is  engaged in a general  marketing  campaign
("affiliate marketing") directed at those approximately 250 systems.

         Affiliate Marketing Strategy

         The Company's strategy for obtaining affiliation  agreements with cable
systems is based on the premises that cable systems are  effectively  monopolies
franchised by local  governments,  and in order to renew their franchises,  many
cable  systems will need to  demonstrate  a commitment  to localism by providing
programming  that  benefits the local  community,  and that  although it will be
difficult to obtain a full time  dedicated  channel for a new network  until new
digital technologies expand channel capacity,  more channel capacity will become
available over the next several years.

   
         The  first  premise  forms  the  basis  for  the  Company's  grassroots
affiliate marketing  strategy.  The Company believes that The Recovery Network's
programming  offers local cable  systems an  opportunity  to  demonstrate  their
commitment to localism,  which provides cable operators a competitive  advantage
over other  multi-channel  programming  services.  The  Company's  commitment to
programming  focusing  on social  and  behavioral  health  issues  has helped to
establish  significant community support for its programming.  In addition,  the
formation by the Company of The National Partnership for Recovery and Prevention
(the  "Partnership"),  an umbrella coalition of national recovery and prevention
organizations,  has helped to establish The Recovery  Network's  credibility and
social  significance.  Based on such  successes,  the Company  believes that its
ability to enter into affiliation  agreements has  significantly  improved.  The
Company is also  seeking  support  from other  grassroots  organizations,  local
politicians  and law enforcement  agencies and officials,  and believes that the
socially  responsible nature of The Recovery Network's  programming will help it
obtain that support.

         The second  premise  accounts for the  Company's  strategy in obtaining
four  hours of air time per day in a large  number  of  markets.  The  satellite
transmission signal provided under the Transponder  Contract is available to all
cable  systems  in  the  United  States.  Furthermore,   because  the  Company's
programming is in a 4 hour block repeated 6 times a day, cable operators are now
able to receive the Company's signal at any time,  rather than only during the 2
hours its was carried under the Nesting  Contract.  This allows cable  operators
much  greater  flexibility  in  fitting  the  Company's  4 hour block into their
existing schedules.

         Many cable  systems  are aware of the  potential  benefits to them from
airing The Recovery Network's programming. Such benefits include a demonstration
of the  cable  system's  support  for  localism  and the  political  and  public
relations  benefits  from  offering  socially  responsible  programming  to  its
viewers.  With  channel  capacity  currently  so limited,  however,  the cost of
committing  a dedicated,  full time channel to The Recovery  Network in order to
receive those benefits could be too high for some cable systems.  Therefore, the
Company is asking cable  systems to carry The Recovery  Network for only 4 hours
per day.  Many  cable  systems,  including  the 259  largest  systems,  have the
capacity to provide those hours. There can be no assurance,  however,  that such
systems will continue to have available channel capacity or otherwise be willing
to air  The  Recovery  Network.  With  the  support  of  local  communities  and
politicians for socially responsible programming, the Company believes, although
there can be no assurance,  it will be able to enter into affiliation agreements
for these initial 4 hours.

         As demand  increases,  the  Company  expects to enter  into  additional
affiliation  agreements  with new cable  systems.  As digital  channel  capacity
increases,  the  Company  believes  it will be able to  expand  into a full time
digital  network with  associated  license fees from cable  operators.  With its
programming now airing on a number of cable systems, the Company can concentrate
on generating  advertising  sales through such Company  entities as The Recovery
Network,  Recovery  Interactive,  Recovery TeleCare and Recovery Talk Radio. The
Company can also promote  product  sales  through  Recovery  Direct  through the
aforementioned  multiple  media,  and promote  Recovery  TeleCare  service which
provides viewers of the aforementioned media an opportunity to receive telephone
counseling  for a fee in the privacy of their home.  There can be no  assurance,
however,  that the  Company  will be able to enter into  additional  affiliation
agreements  with new cable  systems or increase the number of daily  programming
hours with existing affiliates or that the Company will be able to expand into a
full time digital network.  There also can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to generate significant advertising or product sales.
    

                                      -27-

<PAGE>


   
         The Company has identified all local cable systems with at least 50,000
subscribers  and is engaged in a general  marketing  campaign  directed at those
systems.  The Company has established a promotional  world wide web site,  which
contains   programming   schedules,   information  about  the  Company  and  the
Partnership and links to sources of recovery  information on the world wide web.
The  Company  will  also  rely on  traditional  marketing  tools,  such as mail,
telephone,  trade  advertisements,  public relations and  participation in trade
shows  and  conferences  in  connection  with its  general  affiliate  marketing
strategy.

         As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has secured distribution
agreements with two MSOs, National Cable Television  Cooperative,  Inc. ("NCTC")
and Satellite Services,  Inc. ("SSI").  The agreement with NCTC was entered into
on May 18, 1998 (the "NCTC  Agreement").  NCTC  represents  over 8 million cable
households  comprising  over 1,200 cable  systems.  Pursuant to the terms of the
NCTC  Agreement,  the  Company has  granted to NCTC the  non-exclusive  right to
distribute the Company's  programming to its affiliate systems. The Company does
not receive a license fee for its programming.  The NCTC Agreement has a term of
five years.

         The  agreement  with SSI was  finalized  on  October  5, 1998 (the "SSI
Agreement",  and collectively  with the NCTC Agreement,  the "MSO  Agreements").
Pursuant to the terms of the SSI  Agreement,  the Company has granted to SSI the
non-exclusive right to distribute the Company's  programming to systems owned by
Telecommunications,  Inc. or Liberty  Media  Corporation.  The SSI  Agreement is
effective  for an initial term of seven years and may be renewed for  successive
five  year  periods.  The  Company  does  not  receive  a  license  fee  for its
programming  during the initial  term,  but is entitled  to  negotiate  for fees
during any renewal terms.

         In addition to the  foregoing,  the  Company is  currently  negotiating
agreements with two other MSOs,  Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. Although the
Company  has not signed a written  agreement  with  Cablevision,  the  Company's
programming is currently carried in approximately 1,600,000 households served by
Cablevision.

         The MSO  Agreements  represent  terms which have been agreed to between
the Company and the  respective  MSO. By reaching  agreement  with the MSOs, the
Company is now free to approach  the  affiliated  local  systems of NCTC and SSI
regarding  the airing of its  programming.  Neither the MSOs nor the  affiliated
local  systems  are  required,  pursuant to the MSO  Agreements,  to provide the
Company with any  subscribers.  The Company is  initially  seeking to enter into
short-term  affiliation  agreements  with local cable systems with a term of one
year that provide for four hours of airing per day, with no license fees paid to
the Company,  and have a 30-day  termination  clause.  The agreements would also
provide that the  programming  can be aired on local  origination and on public,
educational  and  government  access  channels or on other channels at the cable
system's discretion.

Recovery Interactive
    

   
         Until  September  1998,  the Company  owned a 50%  interest in Recovery
Interactive, a joint venture initially entered into with TCI Online RN Holdings,
Inc., an affiliate of TCI ("TCII"). Recovery Interactive was formed on August 1,
1996  and  was  reorganized  and   recapitalized   in  October  1998.   Recovery
Interactive's current strategy is to provide behavioral health care products and
services ("Recovery Interactive Services") to managed care agencies, HMOs, EAPs,
large  group  medical  practices,  state,  local  and  federal  governments  and
governmental   agencies,   corporations  and  other  organizations  offering  or
providing health care services (collectively, "Health Care Entities") as well as
to provide information, interaction and support addressing social and behavioral
issues through an integrated multimedia platform,  including a site on the world
wide web.  Through  September 1998, the Company and TCII had each made a capital
contribution in the amount of approximately $668,000 to Recovery Interactive. In
October  1998,  the Company and TCII agreed to amend the joint  venture to admit
FHC Internet Services,  L.C. ("FHC"), an affiliate of FHC Health Systems,  Inc.,
as a member. In connection with such amendment, the Company agreed to contribute
warrants to purchase  295,000 shares of Common Stock and 25,000 shares of Common
Stock to Recovery  Interactive.  The Company also agreed to  contribute  cash of
$150,000 to Recovery Interactive, $75,000 of which is to be paid in October 1998
and 75,000 of which is to be paid in February  1999.  TCII agreed to  contribute
additional cash of $1,200,000 to Recovery  Interactive,  $600,000 of which is to
be paid in October  1998 and  $600,000 of which is to be paid in February  1999.
TCII  also  agreed to lend  Recovery  Interactive  $225,000  in  exchange  for a
subordinated  note.  FHC agreed to  contribute  cash of  $1,200,000  to Recovery
Interactive, $600,000 of which is to be
    

                                      -28-

<PAGE>



   
paid in October 1998 and $600,000 of which is to be paid in February  1999.  FHC
also agreed to lend Recovery Interactive $225,000 in exchange for a subordinated
note.  Pursuant to the terms of the amendment,  TCII, the Company and FHC became
entitled to ownership interests of 40%, 20% and 40%,  respectively,  in Recovery
Interactive.  Up to 10% of the Company's ownership interest, however, is subject
to  reallocation  to TCII and FHC in like amounts of 5% each if the Company does
not satisfy certain performance guidelines.

         Pursuant  to the  terms  of the  joint  venture  agreement,  the  Chief
Executive  Officer of Recovery  Interactive  is required to deliver,  in January
1999, a written  report on the  operation of the joint  venture.  If such report
discloses  that the cost of the  operations  of  Recovery  Interactive  for such
fiscal  year will  exceed  the  budgeted  costs  for such year or that  Recovery
Interactive  is not  progressing  with  developing  its  commercial  products as
described in its  business  plan,  each of the Company,  TCII and FHC may not be
required to make their February 1999  contributions  to Recovery  Interactive of
$75,000,  $600,000 and  $600,000,  respectively.  Neither party may transfer its
ownership interest in the joint venture until October 2003. After such date, the
members  have a right of first  refusal with respect to the sale of an ownership
interest by the other member.  Pursuant to the joint venture  agreement,  to the
extent   distributions   of  cash  are  made  by  Recovery   Interactive,   such
distributions will be made proportionately to TCII, FHC and the Company.

         Recovery  Interactive  has  developed  and  is  continuing  to  develop
Recovery  Interactive  Services  for Health  Care  Entities  and their  clients.
Recovery  Interactive  currently  plans to  deliver  these  services  through  a
platform allowing access by computer, telephone or television.

         Pursuant  to the  joint  venture  agreement,  TCII  agreed to cause its
affiliate,  @Home Corp.  ("@Home"),  to enter into an affiliation agreement with
Recovery Interactive.  @Home was formed to distribute  interactive media content
by cable,  utilizing  recently  developed cable modems.  @Home has begun limited
trials, but does not to date have a significant  installed base of cable modems.
There can be no assurance that Recovery Interactive and @Home will enter into an
affiliation agreement on terms favorable to Recovery Interactive,  or at all, or
that @Home will ever expand its base beyond the current trials.

         Recovery  Interactive  is a  development  stage company and has not yet
generated any revenues.  The Company  believes that the generation of meaningful
revenues  will depend on Recovery  Interactive's  ability to enter into  license
agreements  with Health Care Entities and upon further  development  of Recovery
Interactive's  products.  As of June  30,  1998,  Recovery  Interactive  has not
generated  any  revenues,  and has incurred  operating  losses of  approximately
$1,870,000  since its  inception.  Recovery  Interactive  will seek to  generate
revenues from  advertising  sales,  monthly  subscriber  fees generated from the
Recovery  Interactive web site,  merchandising and from Health Care Entities and
employers for delivering mental and behavioral health information and service to
their  members.  Although the Company  believes that Recovery  Interactive  will
provide the Company with  significant  opportunities  relating to an interactive
on-line  business,  there can be no assurance that Recovery  Interactive will be
commercially successful.
    

Talk Radio

   
         In  December  1996,  the  Company  launched   Recovery  Talk  Radio,  a
nationally  syndicated  audience  participation  talk radio  program on the Talk
America Radio Network which focuses on Recovery  Issues and  Prevention  Issues.
Currently, the Company is airing on 53 stations. Recovery Talk Radio is based in
Boston,  and  listeners  can call in to the program on a toll-free 800 telephone
number.

         Recovery  Talk  Radio  continues  to be a  marketing  vehicle  to drive
viewers to The Recovery  Network in those areas where both  Recovery  Talk Radio
and The Recovery Network are available.  In areas where only Recovery Talk Radio
is  available,  the show serves as the  catalyst  for  listeners  to request The
Recovery Network programming from their local cable operators or to seek out the
Help Line.  The Company  intends for the radio show to also drive  listeners  to
Recovery TeleCare and to the Recovery Interactive world wide web site.
    

                                      -29-

<PAGE>

   
Recovery TeleCare

         In  March  1996,  the  Company  commenced  operations  of a  toll  free
help-line  and  referral  service for the viewers of The  Recovery  Network (the
"Help Line"). During the hours which The Recovery Network is airing, the Company
displays a toll-free  telephone number for viewers to call for information about
how to obtain additional help in their communities. Telephone calls are answered
seven  days a week  during the hours of 6:30 to 7:30 a.m.  (EST) and  Mondays to
Fridays  during the hours of 9:00 a.m.  to 5:00 p.m.  (EST) by a trained  crisis
response  counselor  provided to the Company by the  Substance  Abuse and Mental
Health Service Administration (SAMHSA) at no cost to the Company.

         Recently, the Company has announced a telemedicine  initiative which is
a natural  progression  of the Help Line pursuant to which a caller can receive,
for a fee,  specialized  counseling  that  is  discrete,  anonymous,  and in the
privacy of one's home.  The services  will be promoted by The Recovery  Network,
Recovery Interactive, and Recovery Talk Radio.
    

         To the extent that the Company  enters into  affiliation  agreements to
air The  Recovery  Network in  additional  communities,  the Company  expects to
expand caller capacity of the Help Line, as well as expand its existing national
database  of local  groups,  treatment  centers  and other  sources  of help and
information.  The Company also intends to use the projected expanded call center
capacity to also offer  recovery  and  prevention-related  products and services
directly to its viewers.

   
         The Company does not generate any revenues,  fees or  commissions  from
the Help Line,  including  from  referrals  made by the Help Line.  The  Company
operates  the Help Line  solely  to  provide  support  to its  viewers  and as a
community  service.  The Company  expects that providing the toll-free Help Line
will help  build and  maintain  viewer  loyalty  and  support  for The  Recovery
Network.  The Company also expects to generate revenues from Recovery  TeleCare,
but there can be no assurances that the Company will be able to do so.
    

Recovery Direct

   
         The  Company  believes  that  the  market  for  products  and  services
addressing social and behavioral health issues is significant.  The Company also
believes  that,   because  it  is  attempting  to  create  a  nationwide  medium
specifically  targeting  this  market,  if  successful,  it will be in a  unique
position to offer such  recovery and  prevention-related  products and services.
The Company has formed a subsidiary, Recovery Direct, through which it will seek
to develop  recovery and  prevention-related  products and services to market on
The  Recovery  Network,  as well as on Recovery  Talk Radio,  the Help Line and,
through Recovery Interactive,  on the Internet. The Company intends for Recovery
Direct to offer a variety  of  self-help  and  recovery  and  prevention-related
products,  including videos of the Company's  programming  aired on The Recovery
Network and audio tapes of programs  aired on Recovery Talk Radio.  In addition,
the  Company  intends  for  Recovery  Direct to offer  tapes and videos by other
well-known individuals in the recovery field.

         The  Company  will  also seek to enter  into  arrangements  with  third
parties to  provide or develop  recovery  and  prevention-related  products  and
services  and to research  opportunities  for the direct  marketing  of products
advertised  on The  Recovery  Network  and on  Recovery  Talk  Radio  through  a
toll-free 800 telephone number.
    

The National Partnership for Recovery and Prevention

   
         The  Partnership,  an  umbrella  coalition  of  national  recovery  and
prevention  organizations,  was formed in November  1996 to work in  conjunction
with the Company to employ the Company's television, radio and interactive media
services to develop and distribute effective and accurate information concerning
alcoholism  and  addiction.  The Company's  goal is to provide a Partnership  of
prominent national prevention and recovery organizations, public figures who are
passionate about recovery and prevention, and corporations and institutions that
are  willing  to  support  the  Company's  mission.  To date,  the  Company  has
identified and partnered with more than 50 recovery and prevention organizations
representing  over  40  million   constituents.   Member  organizations  of  the
Partnership  currently  include African  American  Parents for Drug  Prevention,
Community   Anti-Drug   Coalitions  of  America,   Dharma  Associates,   Gateway
Foundation,  Hands Across  Cultures,  ISA  Associates,  National  Asian  Pacific
American Families Against Substance Abuse, National Association of Addiction
    

                                      -30-

<PAGE>



Treatment  Providers,  National Drug  Prevention  League,  National  Families in
Action, National Hispanic/Latino  Community Prevention Network, National Parents
Resource Institute for Drug Education, National Treatment Consortium, Physicians
for Prevention,  Prevention Intervention and Treatment Coalition for Health, The
Bralove  Group,  The Miami  Coalition for a Safe and Drug Free Community and The
Village.

         Depending  on their  interests  and  abilities,  partners  may have the
opportunity to review and comment on The Recovery Network's programming, provide
ideas for programming that is of interest to their  constituencies  and, in some
cases,  produce  programming.  The Recovery  Network may also air public service
messages from the partners and otherwise help them disseminate  information that
is important to them. With a national  platform,  the  Partnership  will seek to
help focus the attention of government  and society on the issues of interest to
the  Partnership's  members  and also  foster  better  communication  among  its
members,  their  constituencies  and the communities they are designed to serve.
The Company  believes that the member  organizations  of the Partnership will be
instrumental in helping the Company  demonstrate to cable operators a high level
of community  support for The Recovery Network and how carriage of the Company's
programming  can help the local  operator  fulfill the promise of localism.  The
Company believes that the individual  constituents of the  Partnership's  member
organizations will account for a significant portion of the initial audience for
The Recovery Network's programming, and the Company expects that the Partnership
will communicate to its constituents  information  about The Recovery  Network's
programming schedule and availability.

Competition

         The Recovery  Network will compete with all other  existing and planned
television  networks and other  television  programming  for available air time,
channel  capacity,  advertiser  revenue and revenue from license  fees.  Many of
these   television   networks  and  producers  of  television   programming  are
well-established,  have reputations for success in the development and operation
of  television  networks  and/or  development  of television  programming,  have
established  significant viewer loyalty and have significantly greater industry,
financial,  marketing,  programming,  personnel  and  other  resources  than the
Company.  In addition,  if cable television  channel  capacity  increases as the
Company  expects   competition  from  smaller  competitors  and  other  start-up
television networks could increase significantly.

   
         Although  the  Company  is not  aware of any  television  network  with
programming  directed  at social  and  behavioral  health  issues,  there are an
increasing  number of recently  introduced or planned cable networks which focus
on overall life-style, self-improvement and health themes and there are numerous
programs  which  address  social and  behavioral  health  issues.  Such networks
include,  America's  Health Network which provides  daily live  programming  and
prerecorded  programming  relating to health issues,  The Health Channel,  which
provides  programming  about  health,  medicine  and  wellness,  Health-Net,  an
interactive health-related program aimed at aging baby boomers, and Jones Health
Network,   which  provides   instruction  to  persons  seeking   credentials  or
accreditation  in the health  field.  Moreover,  because The Recovery  Network's
programming  is intended to provide  information  and support to persons  facing
social and  behavioral  health  issues,  The Recovery  Network and the Company's
recovery and  prevention-related  products and services  will compete with other
products and services which perform similar  functions,  such as support groups,
self-help  videos,  audio  cassettes  and books and  helplines.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will be able to  successfully  compete for air time,
channel capacity, advertiser time or viewership.
    

Government Regulation

         The cable  television  industry is subject to extensive and  frequently
changing  federal,  state and local laws and substantial  regulation under these
laws by governmental agencies,  including the Federal Communications  Commission
("FCC").  Regulations  governing the rates that can be charged to subscribers by
cable  systems  not in  markets  subject  to  effective  competition  from other
multichannel  video program  distributors  could adversely affect the ability of
cable systems with limited channel  capacity to finance  rebuilding or upgrading
efforts to increase channel capacity or otherwise  restrict their ability to add
new programming such as The Recovery Network. In addition,  federal "must-carry"
rules  requiring  cable operators to devote up to one-third of their channels to
carriage of local commercial TV broadcast stations (and additional  channels for
noncommercial   educational  TV  stations);   commercial   leased  access  rules
designating 10% to 15% of system channels for lease by unaffiliated programmers;
and local regulatory requirements mandating additional channel set-asides

                                      -31-

<PAGE>



for public,  governmental and educational use could reduce channel  availability
which  might  otherwise  be  available  for The  Recovery  Network on many cable
systems.  Statutory provisions and FCC rules governing relationships among cable
systems and competing forms of multichannel video program distribution,  as well
as the  relationships  between the Company and its cable system affiliates could
adversely affect the marketability of the Company's  programming and the ability
of  the  Company  to  enter  into  arrangements  for  the  distribution  of  its
programming.  In addition,  the cable systems and radio  stations that carry the
Company's programs are regulated by the FCC and,  therefore,  are subject to its
rules  and  policies,  such as those  relating  to  sponsorship  identification,
broadcast of indecent language,  provision of equal  opportunities for political
candidates  and  related  measures  pertaining  to program  content  and format.
Failure of the  Company's  programs  to comply  with one or more of these  rules
could  subject  the  cable  systems  or  radio  stations  to FCC  fine or  other
sanctions,  adversely affect the Company's  relationship  with such entities and
result in the  discontinuation of carriage of the Company's  programming by such
entities.

         Federal  and  state   regulation   governing   interactive  or  on-line
information  services  and  potentially  affecting  the  activities  of Recovery
Interactive  is  currently   evolving.   Regulations   governing   purchases  of
information  services via toll-free  telephone calls and laws governing obscene,
indecent, or otherwise unlawful  communications have been adopted, and there can
be no  assurance  whether  such laws and  regulations  will be  applied  to, and
therefore  affect,   the  business  and  operations  of  Recovery   Interactive.
Additional laws and  regulations  are currently being  considered by the federal
government and many state and local governments.  There can be no assurance that
these or existing laws or regulations  will not be applied in a manner that will
adversely  affect  the  Company's  business  or  operations.  Moreover,  the FCC
currently  is  considering  proposals  that  could  increase  the  charges  most
individuals and entities pay to access Internet and on-line services,  which, if
adopted, could adversely affect the Company's business or operations.

         The FCC does  regulate  common  carriers  whose  services  are used for
purchases of information  services via toll-free telephone calls or pay-per-call
services,  which regulation could affect the Help Line, Recovery Interactive and
certain other  products and services  contemplated  by the Company.  The Federal
Trade  Commission  also has  jurisdiction  over the provision of such  services.
Among the FCC's regulations are disclosure  requirements and other prerequisites
to charging  calling parties for such services.  The FCC also regulates  certain
marketing   methods  such  as  the   permissible   time  periods  for  telephone
solicitations  to residences,  the maintenance of do-not-call  lists, and use of
autodialers,  facsimile machines and artificial or prerecorded voice systems for
marketing  purposes.  It is  uncertain  at this time whether or how any of these
requirements can or will apply to or affect the Company's business or operations
or its business  relationship with entities providing the  communications  links
used by it or its customers.

         The  Communications  Decency Act ("CD Act") would make it unlawful  to:
(i)  knowingly  send to a minor  or  display  in a manner  available  to a minor
"obscene",   "indecent"   or  "patently   offensive"   communications   using  a
telecommunications  device or on-line service, (ii) send such a communication to
anyone  with  the  intent  to  annoy,  threaten  or  harass;  or  (iii)  allow a
telecommunications  facility under one's control to be used for such purpose.  A
preliminary  injunction  against  enforcement  of  the CD Act  with  respect  to
indecent or patently  offensive  communications  has been affirmed by the United
States Supreme Court,  which found the CD Act's  provisions to violate the First
Amendment.  Although it is unlikely  that the enjoined  provisions of the CD Act
will ever become effective,  there can be no assurance that information  content
made available on or through Recovery Interactive's offerings, by the Company or
by users of those  offerings  would not violate the CD Act, if it were to become
effective,  or similar  legislation that Congress might enact in the future,  or
that  attempts to implement  defenses to such  legislation  would not  adversely
affect the Company's business or operations. Federal laws dealing with obscenity
and child  pornography as well as various state laws similar to those laws or to
the CD Act may  also  apply  to  information  content  available  on or  through
Recovery Interactive's offerings. There is no assurance that those laws will not
be applied in a manner  that will  adversely  affect the  Company's  business or
operations.

         Proposals   for   additional   or  revised   statutory  or   regulatory
requirements are considered by Congress, the FCC and state and local governments
from time to time,  and a number of such  proposals are under  consideration  at
this time.  It is  possible  that  certain of the  provisions  and  requirements
described  herein are now,  and in the future may be, the  subject of federal or
state legislation, agency proceedings or court litigation. It is not possible to
predict what legislative,  regulatory or judicial changes,  if any, may occur or
their impact on the Company's business or operations.

                                      -32-

<PAGE>



Proprietary Information

   
         The Company has pending  applications  in the United  States Patent and
Trademark  Office for  fifteen  trademarks,  including  the  "Recovery  Network"
trademark.  The  Company  has  registered  the  trademark  "R Net".  The Company
believes that its trademarks and  copyrights,  including the "Recovery  Network"
trademark and tradename and the signature look of the network,  have significant
value and are important to the  marketing and promotion of The Recovery  Network
and  the  Company's  recovery  and  prevention-related  products  and  services.
Although the Company believes that its trademarks and copyrights do not and will
not infringe  trademarks or violate proprietary rights of others, it is possible
that existing trademarks and copyrights may not be valid or that infringement of
existing or future trademarks or proprietary  rights may occur. In the event the
Company's  trademarks or copyrights infringe trademarks or proprietary rights of
others, the Company may be required to change the name of its network,  proposed
television shows, radio talk show or obtain a license. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to do so in a timely manner,  on acceptable  terms
and  conditions,  or at all.  Failure  to do any of the  foregoing  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,  there can be no assurance
that the Company will have the financial or other resources necessary to enforce
or defend a trademark  infringement  or  proprietary  rights  violation  action.
Moreover,  if the Company's  trademarks or copyrights infringe the trademarks or
proprietary rights of others,  the Company could,  under certain  circumstances,
become  liable for damages,  which could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company.
    

         The Company also relies on trade secrets and  proprietary  know-how and
employs various methods to protect its concepts,  ideas and the documentation of
its television  programming concepts in development.  However,  such methods may
not afford  complete  protection  and there can be no assurance that others will
not  independently  develop  similar  know-how or obtain access to the Company's
know-how, concepts, ideas and documentation.  Furthermore,  although the Company
has or expects to have  confidentiality and non-competition  agreements with its
employees,  and  appropriate  consultants,  there can be no assurance  that such
arrangements will adequately  protect the Company's trade secrets or that others
will not independently develop programming similar to that of the Company.

Insurance

         The operation of a television,  radio and  interactive  media  business
subjects  the  Company to  possible  liability  claims  from  others,  including
viewers,  listeners  and  callers to the Help Line for claims  arising  from the
unauthorized  use of name or  likeness,  invasion  of  privacy,  defamation  and
slander.  The Company maintains  general  liability  insurance (with coverage in
amounts of up to $1,000,000 per occurrence and $1,000,000 per annum),  including
insurance  relating to personal injury and advertising  injury, in amounts which
the Company currently considers adequate.


Employees

   
         The  Company  currently  has 27 full time  employees,  of which six are
engaged  in   affiliate   sales,   four  in   programming,   and   seventeen  in
administration. The Company also from time to time retains a number of marketing
and political consultants to support its grassroots marketing efforts nationwide
and in local communities.
    


Property

         The Company leases offices of approximately 10,000 square feet in Santa
Monica,  California  pursuant to a five-year lease that expires in May 2002. The
monthly  rental is currently  $20,000 per month and will increase  annually to a
maximum  rental of $25,000  per month.  The  Company has an option to extend the
lease  through May 2004 at a price to be  negotiated  by the parties  based upon
then prevailing rental rates.
                                      -33-

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

         The following are the directors and executive officers of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
Name                               Age        Position
- ----                               ---        --------

<S>                              <C>        <C>                                                    
William D. Moses..............      36        Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Gary Horowitz.................      62        President
Donald J. Masters.............      52        Executive Vice President and Director
John Wheeler..................      44        Vice President of Operations
Michael Clark.................      42        Vice President of Finance
Sandra J. Eddy................      46        Vice President of Marketing
Nimrod J. Kovacs..............      48        Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
George H. Henry...............      42        Director and Chairman of the Executive Committee
Charlotte Schiff-Jones........      58        Director
Mitchell E. Sahn..............      43        Director
</TABLE>


         William D. Moses has been Chief Executive  Officer of the Company since
November  1994.  Mr.  Moses was named the  Chairman of the Board of Directors in
August 1998 and has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Company since
1995. In January 1993, Mr. Moses  co-founded ATN and served as a director of ATN
from June 1993 to June 1996.  From July 1991 to December  1994,  Mr. Moses was a
managing partner of Axiom Partners,  a New York investment banking and brokerage
firm. From January 1988 to January 1991, Mr. Moses was a money manager for Oscar
Gruss & Co. From 1986  through  1987,  Mr.  Moses was employed by Bear Stearns &
Co., Inc. Mr. Moses is Honorary  Chair of Cable  Positive and a recipient of the
Ellis Island Gold Medal Award for Humanitarian Service.
    

         Gary Horowitz has been  President of the Company  since July 1998.  Mr.
Horowitz  was a  production  consultant  from March  1996  until July 1998.  Mr.
Horowitz  was  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a director  of Harmony
Holdings, Inc., from March 1992 until February 1996. Mr. Horowitz was a director
of L.A.  Weekly,  a periodical,  from 1986 until 1995,  its publisher  from 1989
until 1993 and its Chief  Executive  Officer from 1990 until 1993. Mr.  Horowitz
was  President of Jenkins,  Covington,  Newman,  Inc.,  a television  production
organization from 1980 until 1983.

         Donald J.  Masters has been  Executive  Vice  President  of the Company
since May 1997 and a director of the Company since  November  1995.  Mr. Masters
also serves as Chairman of the Advisory Board and is responsible  for developing
and  overseeing  the  activities  of the National  Partnership  for Recovery and
Prevention.  Mr. Masters co-founded ATN, and he served as a director of ATN from
January 1993 to March 1996.  From April 1992 until January 1996, Mr. Masters was
a partner in Masters Smith & Co., a media consulting firm that provided services
to the Company.  From May 1989 to April 1992,  Mr. Masters was Vice President of
Corporate  Development and a founding officer of United International  Holdings,
Inc. From November 1985 to May 1989,  Mr. Masters was Vice President and General
Counsel  of  United  Cable  Television  Corp.,  where  he  was  engaged  in  the
development of the Discovery  Channel,  E!  Entertainment,  Preview  Guide,  and
several home shopping channels.

         John Wheeler has been the Company's Vice President of Operations  since
May 1997. From June 1994 through  February 1997 Mr. Wheeler was the president of
a cable  network.  From November 1989 through May 1994,  Mr.  Wheeler  served as
President of Cellular System Management, Inc., a builder and manager of cellular
properties  throughout the United  States.  From February 1982 to July 1987, Mr.
Wheeler was Vice President of Marketing of Metro Mobile CTS, a cellular company.
From  1979 to 1982,  Mr.  Wheeler  served  as Vice  President  of  Vision  Cable
Communications  Inc. Mr. Wheeler served as Northeast  Regional Marketing manager
for Showtime  Entertainment in 1978. Mr. Wheeler began his career at Cablevision
Systems of Long Island in 1976.

   
         Michael  Clark has been the Company's  Vice  President of Finance since
August  1998.  Mr.  Clark  served  as  Vice  President/Treasurer  of  Associated
Financial  Group,  Inc. ("AFG") from 1988 to 1998, and prior to this position he
served
                                      -34-
    

<PAGE>

   
as Controller of AFG from March 1986 to December  1987.  From October 1984 until
March 1986,  Mr. Clark served as Controller for Quest  Resources,  a Los Angeles
based syndicator and operator of alternative  energy  products.  From March 1982
until September 1984, Mr. Clark served as Assistant  Controller for Valley Cable
TV. Mr.  Clark also served as an auditor  for Arthur  Young & Co. in Los Angeles
from July 1978 through March 1982.  Mr. Clark is a graduate of the University of
California, Santa Barbara and has a Master of Science degree from the California
State University at Northridge.

         Sandra J. Eddy has been the Company's Vice President of Marketing since
January 1998. Ms. Eddy has over twenty years of experience in sales,  marketing,
advertising  and sales  training with several  FORTUNE 500  companies,  start-up
programming services and consulting.  From 1992 to 1996, Ms. Eddy was a business
owner and  consultant,  responsible  for all aspects of starting and operating a
small  business.  Ms.  Eddy has held  director  positions  with  Pacific  Sports
Network, The Fashion Channel, and the International  Channel, where she aided in
the development of marketing and affiliate relations and sales.
    

         Nimrod J. Kovacs has been a director of the Company  since October 1996
and  serves as Vice  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  and  Chairman  of the
Company's Executive Committee. Since January 1995, Mr. Kovacs has been President
of Eastern European Electronic Distribution & Global Programming Group of United
International  Holdings,  Inc ("UIH").  From 1991 to 1996,  Mr. Kovacs  directed
UIH's  investments  which included  Kabelkom in Hungary,  Kabelvision in Sweden,
Kabel Net in the Czech Republic, Multicanal in Portugal, and HBO Czech/TV Max in
the  Czech  Republic.  From  1989 to  1992,  Mr.  Kovacs  was  President  of NJK
International, an international media consulting company. From 1982 to 1989, Mr.
Kovacs was  responsible for the  investments of United Cable,  and  subsequently
United  Artists,  in the Discovery  Channel in the United States and Europe,  E!
Entertainment,  Think  Entertainment,  Preview Guide, Bravo UK, and several home
shopping channels.

   
         George H. Henry served as Chairman of the Board of  Directors  from May
1997 to August 1998 and has been a director of the Company since  December 1995.
Mr. Henry has recently  been named  Chairman of the Executive  Committee.  Since
April 1986,  Mr.  Henry has been  President  of G. Howard  Associates,  Inc.,  a
private  investment firm. Prior to April 1986, Mr. Henry was a Vice President in
the  Corporate  Finance   Department  of  the  predecessor  of  Schroder  &  Co.
Incorporated,  an investment  banking firm.  Mr. Henry is a director of PhoneTel
Technologies,  Inc., a publicly traded telecommunications  company. Mr. Henry is
also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ATN. Mr. Henry is also a trustee of
Mitchell College.
    

         Charlotte  Schiff-Jones  has been a director of the Company  since July
1998.  Since  1997,  Ms.  Schiff-Jones  has been a  consultant  to the  Company,
concentrating on affiliate  marketing  strategy and community outreach projects.
From 1995 to 1997, she was the president of Gamut Media,  a strategic  marketing
and creative  services  agency.  From 1993 to 1995,  she was a consultant to the
President and CEO of Time Warner Cable  Programming;  and from 1988 to 1993, she
was the president of Schiff-Jones Ltd., a consulting firm.

   
         Mitchell E. Sahn has been a director of the Company since October 1998.
Mr. Sahn has served as Mayor of the  Village of Hewlett Bay Park,  New York from
June 1994 to the present, and is currently in his third two-year term of office.
Mr. Sahn was  responsible  for the  trading of all cash  products in the Western
Hemisphere  at Citibank  Private Bank Group from April 1998 to  September  1988.
Prior to that, Mr. Sahn was General Partner of the Latin Tactical  Trading Group
LLP, a specialized regional investment vehicle. From June 1992 to June 1994, Mr.
Sahn was President and a member of the Board of Directors for Valores  Mexicanos
International,  a Latin American  investment group. From June 1981 to June 1991,
Mr. Sahn held various  positions  of  responsibility  with the  Belforte  Group,
Morgan Grenfell, Inc., and Kellner Dileo, Inc., all prominent Wall Street firms.
Mr. Sahn has been active in speaking and advocacy on the topics of addition, and
is active with the Hazeldon  Foundation  of Minnesota and the Tempo Group of New
York  State.  Mr.  Sahn is a  graduate  of the State  University  of New York at
Binghamton, and has a Master of Arts degree from the University of Michigan.
    

         All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders
and the election and qualification of their successors.  Non-employee  directors
do  not  receive  cash  compensation  for  serving  as  directors.  The  Company
reimburses
                                      -35-

<PAGE>



directors for  reasonable  travel  expenses  incurred in  connection  with their
activities  on behalf of the  Company.  Each member of the Board of Directors is
eligible to  participate  in the Company's  1996 Board of Directors and Advisory
Board Plan.

Committees of the Board of Directors

   
         The Company  established  a Finance and  Compensation  Committee of the
Board of Directors which reviews the compensation for all officers and directors
and  affiliates  of the  Company.  The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has
approved  all grants of stock  options  since the  Company's  IPO.  Mr. Henry is
Chairman of the  Finance  and  Compensation  Committee  and Mr.  Moses is also a
member of the Finance and Compensation Committee.

         The Company  established  an Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors
which meets with management and the Company's  independent public accountants to
review the adequacy of internal controls and other financial  reporting matters.
Mr. Henry is the Chairman of the Audit Committee and Mr. Kovacs is also a member
of the Audit Committee.

         The  Company  established  an  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of
Directors which is responsible for overseeing  strategic planning and operations
for the  Company.  Mr.  Henry is the  Chairman of the  Executive  Committee  and
Messrs. Masters and Moses are also members of the Executive Committee.
    

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the cash  compensation  paid by the
Company to the chief  executive  officer and all other  executive  officers  who
received  compensation  in excess of $100,000 (the "Named  Executive  Officers")
during fiscal 1998:

                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   


                                                                                Long Term                           
                                                    Annual Compensation    Compensation Awards                      
                                                   --------------------   ---------------------
                                                                                   Shares                             
                                      Year Ended    Salary ($)                  Underlying             All Other
    Name and Principal Position        June 30,      (b)       Bonus ($)        Options (#)          Compensation
- ------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ---------   ---------------------   -----------------

<S>                                   <C>       <C>          <C>             <C>                  <C>     
William D. Moses, Chief Executive        1998      $182,765      --              50,000                  --
  Officer...........................
Donald J. Masters, Executive Vice        1998      $148,420      --              50,000                  --
  President.........................
John Wheeler, Vice President of          1998      $182,373      --                --                    --
  Operations........................
Gregory L. Richey, Chief Financial       1998      $163,335      --              50,000                  --
  Officer (a).......................
- -------------------
</TABLE>

(a) Mr. Richey resigned from the Company effective September 18, 1998.
(b) Includes compensation that was earned during the fiscal year ending 6/30/97,
    but was deferred until and paid during the fiscal year ending 6/30/98.
    
                                      -36-

<PAGE>

   

                        Option Grants in Fiscal Year 1998

              The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of
stock options to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 1998:

                      Option Grants During Last Fiscal Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Number of                %of Total                                               
                                          Shares               Options Granted                                            
                                        Underlying              to Employees            Exercise         Expiration
Name                                  Options Granted          in Fiscal Year         Price ($/sh)          Date
- ------------------------------     ---------------------    ---------------------   ----------------- ----------------

<S>                                   <C>                       <C>               <C>                <C> 
William D. Moses..............            50,000                    16.2%             $1.56(a)           2/4/03   
Donald J. Masters.............            50,000                    16.2               1.56(a)           2/4/03   
Gregory L. Richey (b).........            50,000                    16.2               1.56(a)           2/4/03   
- -------------------                                                                                               
</TABLE>                                                                     

(a) Such options were granted with an exercise price of $3.15 per share and were
    subsequently  repriced.  
(b) Mr. Richey resigned  from the Company effective September 18, 1998.

         No options of the Company were  exercised by such persons during fiscal
1998.

Option Repricing

         In August 1998,  the Board of Directors of the Company voted to approve
the repricing of options to purchase 806,746 shares granted under the Management
Bonus Plan, the 1998 Stock Plan and certain non-plan options,  including options
to purchase 241,667, 129,581 and 50,000 shares granted to Messrs. Moses, Masters
and Richey,  respectively.  Such  repricing was effected by offering to exchange
new options with an exercise price of $1.56 per share, which was the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of repricing, for the options then held by
such  optionees.  The new  options  otherwise  would  have  identical  terms and
conditions  as the current  options.  By  repricing  such  options,  the Company
intends to reward key employees, including the Named Executive Officers, holding
such options for their contributions to the Company.

Employment Agreements

         Effective  December 1, 1996,  the Company  entered  into an  employment
agreement with William D. Moses,  the Company's Chief Executive  Officer,  which
expired on September 30, 1998.  The Company and Mr. Moses are currently  holding
conversations regarding the terms of a new employment agreement.  The employment
agreement  provides for a base compensation  payable to Mr. Moses of $12,000 per
month  through  September  30,  1998.  Pursuant to the  agreement,  Mr. Moses is
entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans and arrangements  when and
as  implemented  by the  Company.  In the  event of  termination  of Mr.  Moses'
employment by the Company,  without  "good cause" (as defined in the  employment
agreement),  Mr. Moses is entitled to severance compensation equal to the lesser
of his base salary and vacation  compensation due through September 30, 1998 and
his base salary and vacation  compensation  for one year,  payable one-half upon
termination and the balance ratably over the following six months.  In the event
of termination of the  employment  agreement by mutual  agreement of the Company
and Mr. Moses, Mr. Moses is entitled to such  compensation as is mutually agreed
on between  the  Company  and Mr.  Moses but in no event to exceed the amount of
severance compensation payable in the event of termination without "good cause."
Mr.  Moses has  agreed not to compete  with the  Company  during the term of the
employment  agreement  and for a period of two years  after  termination  of his
employment  relationship  with the Company in the  development  or  provision of
media  services or any other line of business which the Company is engaged in or
forms the  intention to engage in during this period.  In the event of a "change
in control" (as defined in the employment  agreement),  Mr. Moses will be deemed
to have been  terminated  without "good cause",  and the covenant not to compete
will have no further effect.
    

         Effective  December 1, 1996,  the Company  entered  into an  employment
agreement  with Donald J. Masters,  the Executive Vice President of the Company,
which expires on November 30, 1998. The employment agreement provides for

                                      -37-

<PAGE>



a base compensation payable to Mr. Masters of $10,000 per month through November
30, 1998.  Pursuant to the agreement,  Mr. Masters is entitled to participate in
any employee  benefit  plans and  arrangements  when and as  implemented  by the
Company.  In the event of termination of Mr. Master's employment by the Company,
without "good cause" (as defined in the  employment  agreement),  Mr. Masters is
entitled  to  severance  compensation,  equal to his base  salary  and  vacation
compensation,  at the option of the Company, for such period of time between one
year and two years that the  non-compete  covenant  described below is in effect
and  such  severance  compensation  shall  be  payable  one-half  on the date of
termination and the balance shall be payable  ratably over six months  following
the date of termination. In the event of termination of the employment agreement
by mutual  agreement of the Company and Mr. Masters,  Mr. Masters is entitled to
such  compensation as mutually agreed on between the Company and Mr. Masters but
in no event to exceed the amount of severance  compensation payable in the event
of termination  without "good cause." In addition,  Mr. Masters has agreed under
certain  circumstances  not to compete  with the Company  during the term of the
employment agreement and for up to two years after termination of his employment
relationship with the Company in any media business whose  programming,  content
or services  address or relate to Recovery Issues or in any  organization  whose
primary business is offering  products and services relating to Recovery Issues.
In  connection  with his  employment,  Mr.  Masters  was  granted an option (the
"Option")  to purchase  12,915  shares of Common  Stock at an exercise  price of
$2.32 per share.  The Option vests with respect to 10,770  shares on February 1,
1997 and the  remainder  vests  ratably  monthly  thereafter.  In the event of a
"change in control" (as defined in the employment  agreement),  Mr. Masters will
be deemed to have been  terminated  without  "good  cause," the  covenant not to
compete  will have no  further  effect  and the  Option  will  vest in full.  In
addition  on April 16,  1997,  Mr.  Masters  was  granted  an  option  under the
Company's  Management Bonus Plan to purchase 12,915 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $5.00 per  share,  which  will vest  quarterly  over one year
commencing on October 1, 1997.

   
        Effective  May  13,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into  an  employment
agreement  with John Wheeler,  the Company's  Senior Vice President of Sales and
Marketing,  which expires on May 31, 1999. The employment agreement provides for
a base compensation  payable to Mr. Wheeler of $12,000 per month through May 13,
1999.  In addition to the base  salary,  Mr.  Wheeler  will receive a commission
payable quarterly in the amount of $.01 for each additional subscriber household
in excess of one million  subscriber  households  to which an  affiliated  cable
system service delivers a minimum of two hours of the Company's programming,  so
long as the  household  subscriber  does not  already  receive  the  programming
through the  Company's  Nesting  Contract or through any other  agreement  under
which the Company  purchases  carriage  rights.  Pursuant to the agreement,  Mr.
Wheeler  is  entitled  to  participate  in  any  employee   benefits  plans  and
arrangements when and as implemented by the Company. In the event of termination
of Mr. Wheeler's employment by the Company,  without "good cause" (as defined in
the employment  agreement),  Mr.  Wheeler is entitled to severance  compensation
equal to the lesser of his base  salary and  vacation  compensation  due through
March 13, 1999 and his base salary and  vacation  compensation  for ninety days,
payable one-half upon termination and the balance ratably  semi-monthly over the
compensation  reference  period.  In the event of  termination of the employment
agreement by mutual  agreement of the Company and Mr.  Wheeler,  Mr.  Wheeler is
entitled to such  compensation  as is mutually agreed on between the Company and
Mr.  Wheeler  but in no event to exceed  the  amount of  severance  compensation
payable in the event of termination without "good cause." Mr. Wheeler has agreed
not to compete with the Company during the term of the employment  agreement for
a period of one year after  termination of his employment  relationship with the
Company in the  development or provision of recovery media services or any other
line of  recovery  media  services  which the Company is engaged in or forms the
intention  to engage in during this  period.  The  Company  and Mr.  Wheeler are
presently renegotiating Mr. Wheeler's employment agreement.
    

         Effective May 1, 1997, the Company entered into an employment agreement
with Bill Megalos, the Company's Vice President of Production,  which expires on
November 30, 1998. The  employment  agreement  provides for a base  compensation
payable to Mr. Megalos of $10,000 per month through November 30, 1998.  Pursuant
to the agreement, Mr. Megalos is entitled to participate in any employee benefit
plans and arrangements  when and as implemented by the Company.  In the event of
termination of Mr. Megalos's employment by the Company, without "good cause" (as
defined in the  employment  agreement),  Mr.  Megalos is entitled  to  severance
compensation  equal to his base salary and  vacation  compensation  for 90 days,
payable  ratably  over such 90 day period.  In the event of  termination  of the
employment  agreement by mutual  agreement of the Company and Mr.  Megalos,  Mr.
Megalos is entitled to such  compensation  as is mutually  agreed on between the
Company  and Mr.  Megalos  but in no event to exceed  the  amount  of  severance
compensation  payable in the event of  termination  without  "good  cause."  Mr.
Megalos  has  agreed  not to  compete  with the  Company  during the term of the
employment  agreement  and for a period  of one year  after  termination  of his
employment relationship with the Company

                                      -38-

<PAGE>



in the  development or provision of recovery media services or any other line of
recovery  media services which the Company is engaged in or in which the Company
forms the  intention  to engage  with the active  participation  of Mr.  Megalos
during this period.

Stock Option Plans

         The Company has adopted four stock option plans,  the 1996 Employee and
Consultants  Stock Option Plan (the "Employee and Consultants  Plan"),  the 1996
Board of Directors  and Advisory  Board Stock  Option Plan (the  "Directors  and
Advisory Board Plan"),  the 1997 Management  Bonus Plan (the  "Management  Bonus
Plan") and the 1998 Stock Plan (the "Stock  Plan").  The Company has reserved an
aggregate  of 940,251  shares of Common  Stock for future  issuance  under these
plans. All options granted or to be granted under these plans are  non-qualified
stock options  ("NQSOs") or incentive stock options  ("ISOs") under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Management  Bonus Plan and the Stock Plan
also  provide  for  non-option  awards,  such as stock  appreciation  rights and
restricted stock awards.

         1996 Employee and Consultants Stock Option Plan

   
         Effective  December 3, 1996, the Company  established  its Employee and
Consultants Plan for its employees and consultants.  The purpose of the Employee
and  Consultants  Plan is to enable the Company to recognize  the  contributions
made to the Company by its employees and consultants and to provide such persons
with  additional  incentive to devote  themselves  to the future  success of the
Company.  An aggregate of 30,768  shares of Common Stock have been  reserved for
issuance  under the Plan. As of the date hereof,  30,351 options were granted at
an  exercise  price of $5.00 per  share.  All  options  are fully  vested due to
activation  of a change of control  provision  during fiscal 1998 or pursuant to
settlement  terms with former  employees.  The Employee and Consultants  Plan is
administered by the Finance and Compensation Committee.
    

         1996 Board of Directors and Advisory Board Stock Option Plan

         Effective  December 3, 1996, the Company  established its Directors and
Advisory  Board Plan. The purpose of the Directors and Advisory Board Plan is to
enable the Company to  recognize  the  contributions  made to the Company by its
directors  and members of the  Advisory  Board and to provide  such persons with
additional  incentive to devote themselves to the future success of the Company.
An aggregate of 113,652  shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance  under
the Directors and Advisory Board Plan.

   
         Effective  January 16, 1997,  each  director of the Company on December
31, 1996,  was granted  12,915  options to acquire shares of Common Stock of the
Company at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. Also effective as of such date,
each member of the Advisory Board and each individual who became a member of the
Advisory Board before March 3, 1997, was granted 2,583 options to acquire shares
of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.  111,069
options  have been granted  under the  Directors  and Advisory  Board Plan at an
exercise  price of $5.00 per share of which  options to purchase  12,915  shares
have been granted to each of Messrs. Henry, Moses, Masters and Kovacs and to two
former directors.  All options are fully vested due to activation of a change of
control  provision  during fiscal 1998. The Directors and Advisory Board Plan is
administered by the Finance and Compensation Committee.
    

         1997 Management Bonus Plan

         Effective  February 6, 1997,  the Company's  shareholders  approved the
Management Bonus Plan to enable the Company to recognize the contributions  made
to the Company by its  directors  and key  personnel and to provide such persons
with  additional  incentive to devote  themselves  to the future  success of the
Company.  The  Company  has  reserved  195,831  shares  for  issuance  under the
Management  Bonus  Plan  and has the  right  to grant  either  non-qualified  or
incentive stock options and other  stock-related  awards.  The exercise price of
incentive stock options granted under the Management Bonus Plan must be at least
100% of the fair market value of the stock  subject to the option on the date of
grant or 110% with  respect to  holders of more than 10% of the voting  power of
the Company's  outstanding Common Stock. Under the terms of the Management Bonus
Plan, the Finance and Compensation Committee determines the fair market value of
the Common Stock. The  exercisability  and term of each option and the manner in
which it may be exercised is determined by the Finance

                                      -39-

<PAGE>



and  Compensation  Committee,  provided  that no  incentive  stock option may be
exercised  more than five years  after the date of grant.  The Company may grant
options for any number of shares, except that the value of the shares subject to
one or more incentive  stock options first  exercisable in any calendar year may
not exceed $100,000 (determined at the grant date).
The Finance and Compensation Committee administers the Management Bonus Plan.

   
         The Company  has granted  incentive  stock  options to purchase  35,067
shares of Common Stock to several non-key employees of the Company and incentive
stock options to purchase 3,583 shares of Common Stock to two  consultants,  all
of which options are at an exercise price of $1.56 per share.

         The Company has also  granted  incentive  stock  options at an exercise
price of $1.56 per share to purchase 35,000,  75,000,  22,601, 12,915 and 10,000
shares to Messrs. Henry, Moses, Wheeler, Masters and Kovacs, respectively. As of
the date of this  Prospectus,  there are 194,166 options  outstanding  under the
Management  Bonus Plan, all of which were fully vested during fiscal 1998 due to
a change of control provision which was activated.
    

         1998 Stock Plan

   
         Effective May 28, 1998, the Company's  shareholders  approved the Stock
Plan. The purpose of the Stock Plan is to provide  participants  an incentive to
maintain and enhance the long-term performance and profitability of the Company.
Only key  employees,  directors and  independent  contractors of the Company and
certain of its  affiliates  are initially  eligible to receive  awards under the
Stock Plan.  Under the Stock Plan,  a maximum of 600,000  shares of Common Stock
are  authorized  to be delivered  by the  Company.  The Company has the right to
deliver  nonqualified or incentive stock options or other stock-related  awards.
As of the date of this Prospectus, under the Stock Plan, the Company has granted
stock options to purchase an aggregate of 594,580 shares at an exercise price of
$1.56 per share.
    

         The Stock Plan is administered by the Board of Directors.  The Board of
Directors has authority to determine  when and to whom to make grants of awards,
the number of shares to be covered by the grants, the types and terms of options
and other  stock-related  awards  granted and the exercise  price of options and
stock appreciation rights, provided that the exercise price of an option and the
appreciation  base of a stock  appreciation  right may not be less than the fair
market  value of the  shares of the  Common  Stock on the date of grant,  except
that, in the case of an incentive  stock option granted to an individual who, at
the time such incentive stock option is granted,  owns shares  possessing 10% or
more of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company
or its parent or subsidiary  corporations,  the option exercise price may not be
less than 110% of such fair market value on the date of grant.

         Non-Plan Stock Options

   
         The Company  has  granted  531,006  non-plan  stock  options to acquire
shares of Common  Stock,  of which 87,176 were  granted at an exercise  price of
$2.32 per share,  18,000 were  granted at an exercise  price of $1.56 per share,
23,247 were granted at an exercise price of $3.10 per share, 50,000 were granted
at an exercise  price of $2.50 per share,  350,000  were  granted at an exercise
price of $2.00 per share and 2,583 were  granted at an  exercise  price of $5.00
per share.
    


         Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

         The  articles  of   incorporation   of  the  Company  provide  for  the
indemnification  of the Company's  directors and officers to the fullest  extent
permitted  by  law.  Insofar  as  indemnification   for  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or controlling persons of
the Company pursuant to the articles of incorporation and the corporation law of
the State of Colorado,  the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as  expressed in such Act and is  therefore  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the Company of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling
person  of the  Company  in  the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate

                                      -40-

<PAGE>



jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such  indemnification  by it is against
public  policy as  expressed in the  Securities  Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

         As permitted by the Colorado Business  Corporation Act, the Articles of
Incorporation  provide  that  directors  and officers of the Company will not be
personally  liable to the Company or its  shareholders  for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for breach of a
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under section 7-108-403 of the Colorado statute relating
to unlawful  distributions  or (iv) for any transaction  from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. The Articles of Incorporation also provide
(subject to certain  exceptions)  that the Company shall,  to the maximum extent
permitted  from time to time under the law of the State of Colorado,  indemnify,
and upon  request  shall  advance  expenses  to, any  director or officer to the
extent  permitted  under such law as it may from time to time be in effect.  The
Company's bylaws require the Company to indemnify,  to the full extent permitted
by law, any director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Company for acts which
such person reasonably  believes are not in violation of the Company's corporate
purposes  as set forth in the  Articles of  Incorporation.  As a result of these
provisions,  shareholders may be unable to recover damages against the directors
and  officers  of the  Company  for  actions  taken  by  them  which  constitute
negligence,  gross negligence,  or a violation of their fiduciary duties,  which
may reduce the  likelihood of  shareholders  instituting  derivative  litigation
against  directors and officers and may  discourage or deter  shareholders  from
suing directors,  officers,  employees and agents of the Company for breaches of
their duty of care, even though such an action,  if successful,  might otherwise
benefit the Company and its shareholders.

         Advisory Board

         The  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has  established  a Board of
Advisors (the  "Advisory  Board") to assist the Company in the  development  and
implementation  of its  long-term  strategy and goals and to propose,  adopt and
audit compliance by the Company with programming and business standards that are
consistent  with the delivery of effective,  non-  exploitative,  and non-biased
recovery  based  services.  The Advisory  Board will  recommend to the Company's
Board of Directors the adoption of standards  and practices to provide  guidance
for the Company's  employees in determining  appropriate  programming and online
content,  advertising,  and merchandise sales. The Advisory Board will advise on
technical  matters  and also  serve as an  independent  voice  for the  recovery
community.

         The Company has enlisted the membership of eight noted professionals in
the field of recovery, with nationally recognized expertise for their commitment
and  contributions  in the treatment of  alcoholism  and drug  addiction,  child
welfare  issues,  and the treatment and recovery field generally to serve on the
Advisory Board. The following persons serve on the Advisory Board:

         Claudia Black,  Ph.D. is a  nationally-recognized  expert and author on
the issues confronting children of addiction and past Chairperson and founder of
the National  Association  for  Children of  Alcoholics.  Dr. Black  designs and
presents workshops and seminars, and has published several best selling books in
her areas of expertise.

         David Bralove is the founder of a law firm representing substance abuse
and  behavioral  care  providers  nation-wide,  and is  Board  President  of The
National Treatment Consortium.

         Dr. Mark Gold is a Professor of Neuroscience,  Psychiatry and Community
Health and Family Medicine at the University of Florida College of Medicine. Dr.
Gold has been a national leader in the field for 25 years leading  treatment and
the general public toward a greater understanding of the nature of addiction and
its  successful  treatment.  Dr. Gold has done  pioneering  research in tobacco,
alcohol,  cocaine and opiate addictions and has been granted several patents for
his discoveries. Dr. Gold is widely recognized by his peers, the government, the
business community and the general public as a best selling author and addiction
expert.

         Earnie  [Ernie]  Larsen is a  nationally  known  lecturer  on  managing
personal relationships and overcoming dysfunctional behaviors, and an author and
producer  of  over  55  motivational  self-help  books  and  videos.  He is  the
originator  of the process  known as "Stage II  Recovery"  where one attempts to
resolve life issues which often impede spiritual growth.

                                      -41-

<PAGE>



         Robert Lindsey is a veteran of over 20 years in the field of alcoholism
and drug  addiction  treatment.  Mr.  Lindsey is currently the Vice President of
Longview  Associates,  Inc., a consulting  firm  specializing  in the design and
implementation  of employee  assistance  programs.  Prior to this,  Mr.  Lindsey
served as the Community  Relations  Director at the Betty Ford Center and as the
Executive  Director of the New York State Council on  Alcoholism  and Other Drug
Addictions.

         Father  Joseph  Martin is the  founder of Ashley,  Inc.,  a  non-profit
center  dedicated  to  the  treatment  of  the  chemically  addicted.  He  is an
internationally  recognized  speaker and creator of the film "Chalk  Talk",  the
principal  educational  vehicle on alcoholism for most treatment  centers in the
country.

         Joseph A Pursch, M.D. is a nationally-recognized psychiatrist involved,
since 1962, in the treatment and  rehabilitation  of individuals  with addictive
behaviors.  Dr. Pursch is the former Director of Alcohol  Rehabilitation Service
at the Naval Regional  Medical Center at Long Beach,  California.  An author and
syndicated  columnist,  Dr.  Pursch has  supervised  drug  testing  programs for
numerous sports events and has treated many public figures.  Dr. Pursch has been
on the President's Commission on Alcohol and Drugs since 1979.

         David Smith,  M.D. is the founder and  president of the  Haight-Ashbury
free  clinics.  A  specialist  in the field of  addiction  medicine and clinical
toxicology, Dr. Smith is also the founder and executive editor of the Journal of
Psychoactive  Drugs and is the  president of the  American  Society of Addiction
Medicine (ASAM). He is a leader in the areas of treatment of addictive  disease,
the  psychopharmacology  of drugs,  and new strategies in the management of drug
abuse problems.

         The Advisory  Board meets  semi-annually  on a formal basis,  and deals
with individual  issues as they arise.  Advisors serve terms of three years, are
compensated  for  meetings  attended,  and are  eligible to  participate  in the
Company's 1996 Board of Directors and Advisory Board Retainer Plan.

                                      -42-

<PAGE>



                              SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Relationship of Selling Shareholders with the Company

         None of the  Selling  Shareholders  currently  has,  or within the past
three years has had, any position,  office, or other material  relationship with
the Company or any predecessor or affiliate of the Company.

Sales of Outstanding Shares by Selling Shareholders

   
         None of the Selling  Shareholders  have  advised the  Company,  and the
Company is unable to predict,  if, when,  and the extent to which they intend to
sell the  Shares  being  registered  hereunder  for their  respective  accounts.
Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   for  purposes  of  the  following   Selling
Shareholders  Table,  all of the Shares  are deemed to be offered  hereby by the
Selling   Shareholders  for  sale  to  the  public.  Based  upon  the  foregoing
assumption, the following table sets forth information,  as at October 26, 1998,
with  respect to (i) each  Selling  Shareholder's  beneficial  ownership  of the
Company's  Common  Stock prior to the  offering of any Shares  hereunder by such
Selling  Shareholder,  (ii) the number of Shares  which may be offered  for sale
hereunder  and  (iii) the  number  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock to be
beneficially owned by each Selling  Shareholder after the offering (assuming the
sale of all Shares being offered hereunder).
    

         There can be no  assurance  that any of the Selling  Shareholders  will
offer for sale any or all of the Common Stock  offered by them  pursuant to this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                Shares of              Shares of                                   
                                              Common Stock              Common               Shares of Common
                                           Beneficially Owned         Stock to be           Stock Beneficially
          Name of Selling Shareholder       Prior to Offering      Offered Hereunder       Owned After Offering
          ---------------------------       -----------------      -----------------       --------------------

Subscribers
- -----------

<S>                                             <C>                    <C>              <C>     
Austost Anstalt Schaan (a)....................     816,675                816,675             --
Balmore Funds S.A. (a).........................    816,675                816,675             --
Zakeni Ltd. (a)................................    544,450                544,450             --
BL Squared Foundation (a)......................    217,780                217,780             --
The Sargon Fund, L.P...........................    163,335                163,335             --
Martin Chopp...................................    108,890                108,890             --
TLG Realty (a).................................     54,445                 54,445             --

Placement Agents
- ----------------

Ellis Enterprises Ltd. (b).....................     32,787                 32,787             --
Libra Finance S.A. (b).........................     10,929                 10,929             --
Additional Selling Shareholders
- -------------------------------

Janice Fuellhart...............................     35,874                 35,874             --
Peter Graf.....................................     86,386                 86,386             --
Granger Whitelaw...............................    125,000                125,000             --
Strategic Network Development, Inc.............     25,000                 25,000             --
Seabord Creations of California, Inc...........     50,000                 50,000             --
Route Messenger Service........................     25,000                 25,000             --
S. Heart & Associates..........................    100,000                100,000             --
    

                                      -43-

<PAGE>
   
                                                Shares of              Shares of                                   
                                              Common Stock              Common               Shares of Common
                                           Beneficially Owned         Stock to be           Stock Beneficially
          Name of Selling Shareholder       Prior to Offering      Offered Hereunder       Owned After Offering
          ---------------------------       -----------------      -----------------       --------------------

       
Highborough Services Ltd.......................    100,000                100,000             --
The Investor Communications Group, Inc.........      8,000                  8,000             --

- -----------------------
</TABLE>
    

(a)      Shares deemed  beneficially  owned prior to the offering include shares
         issued or issuable to the Selling  Shareholder in the Private Placement
         (including shares issuable pursuant to any provision of the Agreements,
         including but not limited to those shares issuable  pursuant to certain
         Reset Rights and Put Rights in the  Agreements) and shares reserved for
         issuance upon exercise of the Warrants.
(b)      Shares deemed  beneficially  owned prior to the offering include shares
         issued to the Selling Shareholder as partial  compensation for services
         as placement agent of the Shares and the Warrants.

The Private Placement

   
         On June 29, 1998 (the  "Subscription  Date"),  the Company entered into
the  Agreements  with each of the  Subscribers  (the "Private  Placement").  The
Company and the  Subscribers  agreed to amend the  Agreements  in October  1998.
Pursuant to the  Agreements,  as amended,  the Company is entitled to  aggregate
proceeds  of up to  $5,500,000  in the Private  Placement.  The  Agreements,  as
amended,  provide for the issuance by the Company of (i)  1,250,000  shares (the
"Shares") of Common Stock for  $2,500,000,  or $2.00 per share,  (ii) additional
shares of Common Stock to the Subscribers  pursuant to certain other  provisions
of the Agreements,  including the Additional Shares, and (iii) 500,000 shares of
Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants.  The Warrants are exercisable as
to  200,000,  100,000,  100,000 and  100,000  shares of Common  Stock for $4.00,
$5.00, $5.50, and $6.00 per share,  respectively.  The Warrants  exercisable for
$5.50 per share are exercisable until June 29, 2001. The remaining  Warrants are
exercisable until December 2001.

         The Company has also issued to certain placement agents an aggregate of
43,716 shares of Common Stock (the "Placement  Shares"),  of which 30,601 shares
were delivered on the Subscription  Date and 13,115 were delivered on October 2,
1998, after  shareholder  approval of such, as required pursuant to the rules of
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, was obtained on September 24, 1998.
    

Common Stock and Warrants

   
         The Shares  and  Warrants  were sold at an  initial  price of $2.25 per
share,  which was 75% of the  average  of the  closing  bid prices of the Common
Stock for the five day trading  period  immediately  preceding the  Subscription
Date. Such initial price was reset to $2.00 per share (the "Purchase  Price") in
October 1998. Of the 1,250,000 shares purchased,  777,776 shares were issued and
delivered to the  Subscribers on the  Subscription  Date and 333,334 shares were
issued and delivered to the  Subscribers on October 2, 1998,  after  shareholder
approval  of such,  as  required  pursuant  to the rules of the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market,  was obtained on September 24, 1998.  The remaining  138,890 shares were
issued and delivered to the  Subscribers at the time the Agreements were amended
in  October  1998.  Of the  $2,500,000  purchase  price  of the  Shares  and the
Warrants, $1,750,000 was delivered to the Company (net of approximately $200,000
in expenses) on the Subscription Date and $750,000 (net of approximately $95,000
in expenses) was delivered to the Company on October 2, 1998.
    

The Option and Lock-Up

   
         In October 1998,  the Company and the  Subscribers  agreed to amend the
Agreements. Pursuant to such amendment, the Subscribers agreed not to sell their
1,250,000 shares of Common Stock until December 21, 1998 (the "Lock-Up"), during
which  period the  Subscribers  have  granted an option to sell  900,000 of such
shares  at $3.00 per share  (the  "Option").  If the  Option is  exercised,  the
Lock-Up will be extended to February 16, 1999 for all unsold  shares and none of
such unsold
                                      -44-
    

<PAGE>



   
shares will be subject to the Reset Rights (as discussed and defined below). The
Option provides, however, that each of the Subscribers may elect to restrict the
exercise of the Option for up to one-half of the shares of Common Stock owned by
such Subscriber. The Lock-Up will not apply to any of the shares of Common Stock
the  Subscribers  elect to withhold from being sold  pursuant to the Option.  In
addition,  the Lock-Up  will  expire if the closing bid price for the  Company's
Common Stock is $5.00 or more for three consecutive trading days.

         If the Option is not  exercised,  the  Company  will be required to pay
liquidated  damages to the Subscribers of 3% per month (for such Lock-Up period)
on  the  $2,500,000  initial  investment.  In  addition,  if the  Option  is not
exercised, the Reset Rights will continue to be in effect.
    

Reset Rights

   
         Pursuant  to the  Agreements,  as  amended,  the  Subscribers  received
certain reset rights (the "Reset  Rights") that may require the Company to issue
additional  shares of Common Stock to the  Subscribers in the future (the "Reset
Shares").  The  Subscribers  are entitled to additional  shares of Common Stock,
without the payment of  additional  consideration,  to account for a decrease in
the  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  after  the  Subscription  Date.  The
Subscribers may first be entitled to such  additional  shares on January 2, 1999
("Trigger  Date").  The Company may also be required to issue Reset Shares every
thirtieth day after the Trigger Date until the  Subscriber  has reset its entire
purchase  price (the  Trigger  Date and each of such other  dates,  a "Repricing
Date").  If 77% of the average  closing  bid price for the Common  Stock for the
five trading days immediately preceding,  but not including,  the Repricing Date
(the  "Average  Price")  is  lower  than  the  Purchase  Price,  then,  at  each
Subscriber's  election,  not less  than 5% and not more  than 25% of the  shares
received by such  Subscriber for the purchase price paid to the Company for such
shares (the  "Designated  Portion"),  shall be subject to the Reset  Rights.  To
account for any deficiency between the Average Price and the Purchase Price, the
Company will issue additional  shares to the Subscribers  equal to the number of
additional  shares that could be  purchased  for the  Designated  Portion on the
Repricing Date.

         In lieu of delivering  additional  shares pursuant to the Reset Rights,
the Company has  received  certain  repurchase  rights.  The  repurchase  rights
provide that the Company may, in the event the average closing bid price for the
Common Stock on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market for the five trading days immediately
preceding,  but not including, a Repricing Date (the "Redemption Price") is less
than $2.50 per share,  deliver to each  Subscriber a sum of money  determined by
multiplying  the  number  of  additional  shares  otherwise  deliverable  by the
Redemption Price.
    

Put Rights

         The Company also has the right to "put" up to  $3,000,000 of its Common
Stock  to  the  Subscribers  during  the  two  year  period  commencing  on  the
Subscription Date (the "Put Rights").  Such Put Rights  contemplate the issuance
of shares of Common  Stock  required  to be  purchased  from time to time by the
Subscribers  (the "Put Shares") after delivery of a notice (a "Put Notice") from
the  Company,  at a price equal to 88% of the average  closing bid prices of the
Company's  Common Stock over the five-day  trading period  beginning two trading
days prior to the date the Put Notice is given and ending two trading days after
the Put Notice is given.  The obligation of the  Subscribers to purchase  Common
Stock  pursuant  to the  exercise by the Company of the Put Rights is subject to
various  conditions,  including  conditions  relating to minimum  market  price,
minimum trading volume and timing. The number of shares of Common Stock that the
Company may issue at any one time upon exercise by the Company of the Put Rights
is limited,  depending  upon the average  closing bid price for the Common Stock
and the average  daily Common Stock trading  volume for the 15 days  immediately
preceding the date of the Put Notice.

Right of First Refusal

         If the Company seeks to sell shares of its Common Stock to  prospective
investors  at any time  after the  Subscription  Date until the later of 90 days
after the effective date of a registration  statement covering the Securities or
270 days after the Subscription  Date, the Company must give the Subscribers (i)
prior written notice of such sale and (ii) an opportunity to

                                      -45-

<PAGE>



purchase an amount of Common Stock to maintain  their  respective  proportionate
interests  in the  Company  (the "Right of First  Refusal").  The Right of First
Refusal  must be on the same terms and  conditions  offered  to the  prospective
investors.


The Additional Selling Shareholders

   
         The Additional Selling Shareholders did not receive their shares in the
Private  Placement  but are  including  the shares of Common Stock  beneficially
owned by them in this  Prospectus and the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.
    

                                      -46-

<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


   
              The following table sets forth certain information,  as of October
26, 1998, relating to the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by: (i)
each  person or entity  who is known by the  Company  to own  beneficially  five
percent or more of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  (ii) each of the  Company's
directors and (iii) all  directors  and  executive  officers of the Company as a
group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    

   
                                                    Number of shares            Percentage
Name and address of beneficial owner(a)          beneficially owned (b)          of class
- ---------------------------------------          ----------------------       -----------

<S>                                                 <C>                        <C>  
William D. Moses..............................          761,126(c)                 11.7%

George H. Henry(d)............................          410,850(e)                  6.3%

Donald J. Masters.............................          146,287(f)                  2.3%

Nimrod J. Kovacs(g)...........................           65,623(h)                  1.0%

Charlotte Schiff-Jones(i).....................           12,915(j)                  *

Mitchell E. Sahn..............................                  0                  --

Austost Anstalt Schaan(k).....................          595,001(l)                  9.1%

Balmore Funds S.A(m)..........................          595,001(l)                  9.1%

All directors and executive officers as               1,426,323(n)                 20.8%
     a group (10 persons).....................
- ---------------------
* Less than 1%.
</TABLE>

(a)      Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the address for each named individual or
         group is in care of The Recovery Network,  Inc., 1411 5th Street, Suite
         200, Santa Monica, California 90401.
(b)      Each beneficial owner's percentage  ownership is determined by assuming
         that options,  warrants or convertible securities that are held by such
         person  (but  not  those  held  by any  other  person)  and  which  are
         exercisable  within 60 days of October 26, 1998 have been exercised and
         converted. Pursuant to a "change of control" provision, which defines a
         "change of control" to have occurred if  individuals  who are directors
         at the  beginning  of a 24-month  period  fail to  constitute  at least
         two-thirds of all directors of the Company  during such period,  in the
         various  stock  option  contracts  issued to certain of the  beneficial
         owners, all stock options  beneficially owned by such person other than
         options  granted  under  the  Company's  1998  Stock  Option  Plan  are
         currently  exercisable.  Assumes a base of  6,334,833  shares of Common
         Stock  before  any  consideration  is  given  to  outstanding  options,
         warrants or convertible securities.
(c)      Includes (i) options to purchase  132,360 shares of Common Stock,  (ii)
         warrants to purchase  43,750  shares of Common Stock and (iii)  387,356
         shares of Common  Stock held in the name of a trust for the  benefit of
         Mr. Moses' child.
(d)      The  address  of the  beneficial  owner is 6860  Sunrise  Court,  Coral
         Gables, Florida 33133.
(e)      Includes  (i) options to purchase  114,582  shares of Common  Stock and
         (ii) warrants to purchase 62,500 shares of Common Stock.
(f)      Includes (i) options to purchase  70,690 shares of Common  Stock,  (ii)
         37,212  shares of Common  Stock  held  jointly by Mr.  Masters  and his
         spouse,  (iii) 14,259 shares of Common Stock held in the name of trusts
         for the  benefit of the  children  of Mr.  Masters  and his spouse (Mr.
         Masters disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Common
    
                                      -47-

<PAGE>



         Stock held in trust) and (iv)  warrants  to  purchase  6,250  shares of
         Common Stock held jointly by Mr. Masters and his spouse.
(g)      The address of the beneficial owner is 50 Falcon Hills Drive,  Highland
         Ranch, Colorado 80126.
(h)      Includes (i) options to purchase  47,915  shares of Common  Stock,  and
         (ii)  warrants to purchase  6,250 shares of Common Stock held by Kovacs
         Communication, Inc., of which Mr. Kovacs is a controlling shareholder.
   
(i)      The address of the  beneficial  owner is 1687 Brickell  Avenue,  Miami,
         Florida 33129.
(j)      Consists of options to purchase 12,915 shares of Common Stock.
(k)      The address of the beneficial owner is 7440  Fuerstentum,  Lichenstein,
         Landstrasse  163. (l) Includes  warrants to purchase  220,000 shares of
         Common Stock.
(m)      The  address  of  the  beneficial  owner  is  P.O.  Box  4603,  Zurich,
         Switzerland.
(n)      Includes  (i) options to purchase  407,984  shares of Common  Stock and
         (ii) warrants to purchase 118,750 shares of Common Stock.
    
                                      -48-

<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


         During the period  from July 1996  through  October  1996,  the Company
issued an  aggregate  principal  amount of  $310,000 of  Convertible  Notes in a
private placement. The Company sold a Convertible Note in an aggregate principal
amount of $30,000 to each of George H.  Henry,  a director  of the  Company  and
William D. Moses,  the Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer on July 17, 1996 and
October 14, 1996,  respectively.  In November 1996, Messrs. Henry and Moses each
converted the principal and interest on their Convertible Note into 8,524 shares
of Common Stock at an effective  purchase price of $3.68 per share.  Pursuant to
the terms of the Convertible  Notes, as modified by a change in terms offered to
all noteholders, each of Messrs. Henry and Moses received and exercised warrants
to purchase an additional  17,048 shares of Common Stock at a purchase  price of
$2.32 per share.  In  addition,  Messrs.  Moses and Henry were  granted  certain
registration  rights  with  respect to the shares of Common  Stock  issued  upon
conversion of the Convertible Notes and upon the exercise of the warrants.

         Effective  August 30, 1996,  the Company  entered into a consulting and
bonus  agreement  (the  "Consulting  Agreement")  with Jonathan  Katch, a former
principal stockholder and a former director and officer of the Company and Chief
Executive  Officer of  Recovery  Interactive.  Mr.  Katch was granted a bonus of
12,915  stock  options at an exercise  price of $2.32 per share for his services
relating  to the  creation  of Recovery  Interactive  and for his  services as a
former  officer  and  director of the  Company.  The stock  options  vested upon
execution of the Consulting  Agreement.  In addition,  the Consulting  Agreement
provides that Mr. Katch will serve as a consultant  to the Company's  management
for a period of three years for which Mr. Katch was granted an additional 12,915
stock  options  at an  exercise  price of $2.32 per share.  Such  stock  options
commenced  vesting at the rate of 1,075  stock  options per fiscal  quarter,  on
September 30, 1996.

         From October to November 1996,  the Company  reduced the exercise price
of  options  granted  to its  non-employee  directors  from  $3.87  to  $2.32 to
encourage  such directors to exercise  their vested  options.  Mr. Henry and Mr.
Kovacs  exercised  options to purchase  28,412 and 6,458 shares of Common Stock,
respectively. Each director was granted certain registration rights with respect
to the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the options.

         During October and November 1996,  Messrs.  Katch and Moses were issued
10,763  and 32,287  shares of Common  Stock,  respectively,  valued at $2.32 per
share as reimbursement for expenses incurred by them on behalf of the Company.

         During  October 1996 to January 1997, the Company sold shares of Common
Stock at $3.48 per  share in a  private  placement.  Messrs.  Henry  and  Berman
purchased 28,699 shares and 71,891 shares of Common Stock, respectively, in such
offering at the same price and on the same terms as the other  investors in such
offering.  The purchasers in the private placement,  including Messrs. Henry and
Berman,  were granted certain  registration rights with respect to the shares of
Common Stock purchased.

         On November 22, 1996,  Mr. Moses agreed to convert  $49,000 of deferred
compensation  earned by him from May 1996 to November 1996 into 21,094 shares of
Common Stock, at a price of $2.32 per share.

         In March and April 1997,  the Company sold an aggregate of 40 Financing
Units in the Private  Financing.  Each  Financing  Unit  consisted  of a $50,000
principal  amount  Financing  Note,  10,000  shares of Common  Stock and  12,500
Financing  Warrants.  The  offering  price was $50,000 per  Financing  Unit.  In
connection with the Private  Financing,  Mr. Henry purchased 5 Financing  Units;
Paul Graf, a former director of the Company,  purchased 5 Financing  Units;  Mr.
Masters and his spouse jointly purchased .5 Financing Units; Mr. Moses purchased
3.5 Financing Units; Terrance and Daryl Berman, former principal shareholders of
the Company,  purchased 3.5 Financing Units; and Kovacs Communication,  Inc., of
which Mr. Nimrod Kovacs, a director of the Company is a controlling shareholder,
purchased .5 Financing Units in the Private Financing.

   
         In April 1997, the Company launched The Recovery Network nationally via
satellite  transmission  under the Nesting Contract entered into with ATN. Under
the Nesting Contract, ATN provided the ATN Services on its satellite transponder
to The Recovery Network. ATN provided  distribution of the Company's programming
into cable systems through existing
    

                                      -49-

<PAGE>



   
affiliation  agreements  between  ATN  and  those  systems.  Under  the  Nesting
Contract,  the Company was charged a daily rate for  broadcast  time provided by
ATN to the Company with the actual  charges for each calendar  month being based
on the actual monthly number of households served by ATN affiliates. On February
26, 1998, the Company  executed a contract to extend the Nesting  Contract.  The
extension  provided  for an  extension  of  services on a  month-to-month  basis
through and until  August 31,  1998,  at a monthly fee of $65,000 and a one-time
payment of $150,000 to reflect unanticipated costs incurred by ATN in the course
of performance  under the Nesting Contract.  The Nesting  Contract,  as amended,
expired on August 31, 1998.  Mr. George H. Henry,  a director of the Company and
the Chairman of its Executive Committee,  is the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer and a principal  shareholder of ATN. Mr. William D. Moses, the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is a principal shareholder of ATN.
    

         On January 26, 1998,  Mr. Henry entered into an agreement with Recovery
Interactive.  Pursuant to such agreement,  Mr. Henry is entitled to a percentage
of any  proceeds  from a "change of control"  (as defined in the  agreement)  of
Recovery Interactive which exceeds a base amount.

         Charlotte Schiff-Jones,  a director of the Company, provides consulting
services in the areas of affiliate marketing and strategic business development.
During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1998, Ms.  Schiff-Jones  received $58,314
as compensation for such services.

         The  Company  believes  that  all of  the  foregoing  transactions  and
arrangements  with  affiliates  were fair and reasonable to the Company and were
and  are on  terms  no  less  favorable  than  could  have  been  obtained  from
unaffiliated  third  parties.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that future
transactions or arrangements between the Company and affiliates will continue to
be advantageous  to the Company,  that conflicts of interest will not arise with
respect  thereto,  or that if  conflicts  do arise,  they will be  resolved in a
manner favorable to the Company.  Any such future  transactions will be on terms
no less  favorable  to the  Company  than could be  obtained  from  unaffiliated
parties  and  will  be  approved  by  the  Company's  Finance  and  Compensation
Committee.


                                      -50-

<PAGE>



                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

   
         The aggregate  number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue
is 25,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share. As of the date
of this  Prospectus,  the Company  has  outstanding  6,334,833  shares of Common
Stock.
    

Common Stock

         The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share
held of record in the  election  of  directors  of the  Company and in all other
matters to be voted on by the  shareholders.  There is no cumulative voting with
respect to the election of  directors,  with the result that the holders of more
than 50 percent of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all
of the  directors.  Holders of Common  Stock are  entitled  (i) to receive  such
dividends as may be declared  from time to time by the board of directors out of
funds  legally  available  for  such  purpose,  and  (ii)  in the  event  of the
liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up of the Company, to share ratably in all
assets  remaining after payment of liabilities and after provision has been made
for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the Common Stock. All of
the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock are validly  issued,  fully paid,  and
nonassessable. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive right to subscribe for
or purchase additional shares of any class of the Company's capital stock.

Warrants

   
         Each Warrant issued  pursuant to the Agreements,  as amended,  entitles
the holder  thereof  (the  "Warrant  Holders")  to purchase  one share of Common
Stock. The Warrants are exercisable as to 200,000,  100,000, 100,000 and 100,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  for  $4.00,   $5.00,  $5.50,  and  $6.00  per  share,
respectively. The Warrants exercisable for $5.50 per share are exercisable until
June 29, 2001. The remaining  Warrants are exercisable  until December 2001. The
Warrants are not redeemable by the Company at any time.
    

         The  exercise  price and  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock or other
securities  issuable on exercise of the  Warrants are subject to  adjustment  in
certain   circumstances,   including   in  the   event  of  a  stock   dividend,
recapitalization,  reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company.
However,  the Warrants  are not subject to  adjustment  for  issuances of Common
Stock at prices below the exercise  price of the Warrants.  Reference is made to
the Warrant (which has been filed as an exhibit to this Registration  Statement)
for a complete  description of the terms and conditions therein (the description
herein contained being qualified in its entirety by reference thereto).

         The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant on or prior
to the expiration  date to the Company at its principal  office or at the office
of the Warrant agent  appointed by the Company in  accordance  with the terms of
the Warrant,  with the subscription form attached thereto completed and executed
as indicated,  accompanied  by full payment of the exercise price (in cash or by
certified  check or official bank check payable to the order of the Company) for
the number of Warrants  being  exercised.  The  Warrant  Holders do not have the
right or privileges of holders of Common Stock.

Redeemable Warrants

         Each  Redeemable  Warrant  outstanding  entitles the registered  holder
thereof (the "Redeemable Warrant Holders") to purchase one share of Common Stock
at a price of $5.50, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, through and
including September 29, 2002.

         Each Redeemable  Warrant is redeemable by the Company at any time, upon
notice  of not less  than 30 days,  at a price of $.10 per  Redeemable  Warrant,
provided  that the closing bid  quotation  of the Common Stock on all 20 trading
days ending on the third day prior to the day on which the Company  gives notice
(the  "Call  Date")  has  been at  least  150%  (currently,  $8.25,  subject  to
adjustment) of the then effective exercise price of the Redeemable  Warrants and
the Company  obtains the written  consent of Whale  Securities  Co.,  L.P.,  the
underwriter in the Company's initial public offering (the

                                      -51-

<PAGE>



"Underwriter") to such redemption prior to the Call Date. The Redeemable Warrant
Holders shall have the right to exercise  their  Redeemable  Warrants  until the
close of business on the date fixed for redemption.

         The Redeemable  Warrants are issued in registered  form under a warrant
agreement by and among the Company,  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
warrant  agent  (the  "Redeemable  Warrant  Agent"),  and the  Underwriter  (the
"Redeemable  Warrant  Agreement").  The  exercise  price and number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities issuable on exercise of the Redeemable Warrants
are subject to adjustment in certain circumstances,  including in the event of a
stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of the
Company.  However,  the  Redeemable  Warrants are not subject to adjustment  for
issuances of Common Stock at prices below the exercise  price of the  Redeemable
Warrants.  Reference is made to the Redeemable Warrant Agreement (which has been
filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2,  as
amended  (File  No.  333-27787))  for a  complete  description  of the terms and
conditions  therein (the  description  herein  contained  being qualified in its
entirety by reference thereto).

         The  Redeemable  Warrants  may  be  exercised  upon  surrender  of  the
Redeemable Warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices
of the Redeemable  Warrant Agent,  with the exercise form on the reverse side of
the  Redeemable  Warrant  certificate   completed  and  executed  as  indicated,
accompanied  by full payment of the exercise  price (by certified  check or bank
draft payable to the Company) to the Redeemable  Warrant Agent for the number of
Redeemable Warrants being exercised.  The Redeemable Warrant Holders do not have
the right or privileges of holders of Common Stock.

         No  Redeemable  Warrant  will be  exercisable  unless,  at the  time of
exercise,  the  Company  has filed a  current  registration  statement  with the
Commission  covering the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of such
Redeemable  Warrant and such shares have been  registered or qualified or deemed
to be exempt from registration or qualification under the securities laws of the
state of residence of the holder of such  Redeemable  Warrant.  The Company will
use its best  efforts to have all such shares so  registered  or qualified on or
before the exercise date and to maintain a current  prospectus  relating thereto
until the  expiration of the  Redeemable  Warrants,  subject to the terms of the
Redeemable  Warrant  Agreement.  While it is the  Company's  intention to do so,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so.

         No  fractional  shares will be issued upon  exercise of the  Redeemable
Warrants.  However,  if a Redeemable  Warrant  Holder  exercises all  Redeemable
Warrants  then  owned of  record  by him or her,  the  Company  will pay to such
Redeemable Warrant Holder, in lieu of the issuance of any fractional share which
is otherwise issuable, an amount in cash based on the market value of the Common
Stock on the last trading day prior to the exercise date.

Registration Rights

   
         In March and April  1997,  the Company  completed  a private  financing
(the"Private  Financing")  pursuant to which the  Company  issued and sold to 21
"accredited  investors"  an  aggregate  of  40  units  (the  "Financing  Units")
consisting  of an  aggregate  of (i)  $2,000,000  principal  amount of unsecured
non-negotiable  promissory notes (the "Financing  Notes") which bear interest at
the rate of 9% per annum and are due on the earlier of the  consummation of this
offering or March 6, 1998;  (ii) 400,000 shares of Common Stock (the  "Financing
Shares"); and (iii) warrants (the "Financing Warrants") to purchase an aggregate
of 500,000  shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share.  In
connection  with the  Private  Financing,  the  Company  agreed,  pursuant  to a
mandatory  registration  right, to include the 400,000  Financing Shares and the
500,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Financing  Warrants (the "Financing
Warrant Shares") in a registration  statement which the Company will prepare and
file  with,  and  use its  best  efforts  to have  declared  effective  by,  the
Commission  so as to permit  the  public  trading  of the  Financing  Shares and
Financing Warrant Shares pursuant thereto. If such registration statement is not
declared effective by the Commission within 15 months following the consummation
of the Company's  initial public  offering,  then commencing on the first day of
the 16th month following the  consummation  of this offering,  the Company shall
issue to each holder of Financing  Shares and Financing  Warrant Shares,  on the
first day of each month a registration  statement continues not to have declared
effective by the Commission, such number of additional shares of Common Stock as
is equal to 10% of the number of Financing  Shares and Financing  Warrant Shares
issued to and held by such holder and such number of  additional  warrants as is
equal to 10% of the number of Financing Warrants issued
    


                                      -52-

<PAGE>



   
to and held by such holder.  The holders of the  Financing  Shares and Financing
Warrants have agreed not to sell or otherwise  dispose of any of such securities
for a period of 24 months  following the effective date  (September 29, 1997) of
the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2.
    

         The Company has granted certain  "demand" and "piggyback"  registration
rights to the  holders of an  additional  433,223  shares of Common  Stock.  The
demand  registration  rights  are  exercisable,   under  certain  circumstances,
commencing September 29, 1998.

         In connection with its initial public offering,  the Company has agreed
to  grant to the  Whale  Securities  Co.,  L.P.  certain  demand  and  piggyback
registration  rights in  connection  with the  400,000  shares  of Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of certain warrants and the additional  warrants included
therein.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

         The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock
Transfer and Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters  will be passed  upon for the Company by Parker
Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP, New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  audited  financial  statements  of the  Company  included  in this
Prospectus  and  elsewhere in the  Registration  Statement  have been audited by
Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public  accountants,  as indicated in their
report with  respect  thereto,  and are  included  herein in  reliance  upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said  reports.  Reference is made to
said report which  includes an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.

   
         The audited  financial  statement of FMS Productions,  Inc. included in
this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by
Bartlett,  Pringle & Wolf, LLP, independent public accountants,  as indicated in
their report with respect thereto,  and are included herein as reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said  reports.  Reference is made to
said report which includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the ability of FMS
Productions, Inc. to continue as a going concern.
    

                                      -53-

<PAGE>

   

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


Report of Independent Public Accountants....................................F-2 
                                                                                
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1998..............................F-3
                                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997       
     and 1998...............................................................F-4
                                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity for the years
     ended June 30, 1997 and 1998............ ..............................F-5
                                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997      
     and 1998...............................................................F-6
                                                                                
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................................F-7
                                                                                

                                                                                
FMS PRODUCTIONS, INC.
                                                                                
Report of Independent Auditors..............................................F-23
                                                                                
Balance Sheets at April 30, 1997 and 1996...................................F-24
                                                                                
Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the years ended                
     April 30, 1997 and 1996................................................F-25
                                                                                
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 1997 and 1996........F-26
                                                                                
Notes to Financial Statements...............................................F-27
                                                                                

                                                                                
THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                                                                
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year     
     ended June 30, 1998....................................................F-31
            
    
                                       F-1

<PAGE>


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To The Recovery Network, Inc.:

   
We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of The Recovery
Network,  Inc. (a Colorado  corporation) and Subsidiary as of June 30,1998,  and
the related  statements of operations,  shareholders'  (deficit) equity and cash
flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
    

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of The Recovery Network, Inc. and
Subsidiary  as of June 30,  1998 and the results of their  operations  and their
cash  flows for the years  ended  June 30,  1997 and 1998,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
the Company  will  continue as a going  concern.  As  discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  recurring  losses  from
operations  that  raises  substantial  doubt  about its ability to continue as a
going  concern.  The  ability of the  Company  to operate as a going  concern is
dependent upon its ability (1) to obtain sufficient  additional capital,  (2) to
distribute its  programming and services  through  multimedia  channels,  (3) to
achieve a  critical  mass of  viewers  to  attract  advertisers  and  healthcare
providers and (4) to acquire and develop appropriate  programming for broadcast.
The Company plans to raise additional working capital through private and public
offerings.  The success of future  activities  cannot be determined at this time
and there are no assurances  that if achieved,  the Company will have sufficient
funds to execute  its  intended  business  plan or generate  positive  operating
results.  The consolidated  financial  statements do not include any adjustments
relating to the  recoverability  and classification of asset carrying amounts or
the amount and  classification  of  liabilities  that  might  result  should the
Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
    


                                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Los Angeles, California
September 23, 1998
    

                                       F-2

<PAGE>
   
                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                               AS OF JUNE 30, 1998

                                     ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:                                                                 
     Cash..........................................................  $2,219,145 
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $35,000..............     254,750 
     Current portion of capitalized programming costs, net.........     191,500 
     Inventory.....................................................      55,624 
     Prepaid expenses..............................................      59,220
                                                                      --------- 
         Total current assets......................................   2,780,239 
CAPITALIZED PROGRAMMING COSTS, net.................................     765,962 
FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, net.......................................     203,189 
INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE........................................        -    
OTHER..............................................................      35,530 
                                                                     -----------
                                                                     $3,784,920
                                                                     ===========
            
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                                               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                                                            
     Accounts payable..............................................  $  323,391 
     Accrued payroll and benefits..................................     152,322 
     Accrued professional fees.....................................     131,647 
     Other accrued liabilities.....................................     111,494 
     Accrued royalty expense.......................................     322,630 
     Due to joint venture..........................................     224,500 
     Current portion of capital lease obligation...................      17,029
                                                                     -----------
                  Total current liabilities........................   1,283,013 
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION, net of current portion...................      13,126
                                                                     -----------
                  Total liabilities................................   1,296,139
                                                                     -----------
                                                                               
COMMITMENTS                                                                     

                                                                               
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                                           
     Common stock, $.01 par value:
                                                                               
         Authorized - 25,000,000 shares, issued and
           outstanding-5,791,494 shares............................      57,915 
     Additional paid-in capital....................................  17,050,969 
     Prepaid consulting............................................    (461,250)
     Deficit....................................................... (14,158,853)
                                                                    ------------
                  Shareholders' equity.............................   2,488,781
                                                                    ------------
                  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....... $ 3,784,920
                                                                    ============

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.
    

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

   

                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              1997              1998
                                                              ----              ----


<S>                                                      <C>             <C>           
DOMESTIC SALES........................................        $33,464         $894,758
                                                      ---------------   -------------- 
SALARIES AND CONSULTING EXPENSES......................      1,175,362        3,346,720                                 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES...................        768,938        2,326,807                                 
PROGRAMMING EXPENSES..................................        358,447        1,543,997                                 
MARKETING EXPENSES....................................        468,017          497,467                                 
LOSS ON INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE...................        300,000          592,500                                 
COST OF VIDEO AND PUBLICATION EXPENSE.................           -             216,889
                                                      ---------------   -------------- 
    Operating Expenses................................      3,070,764        8,524,380
                                                      ---------------   --------------                            
    Loss from operations..............................      3,037,300        7,629,622                           
INTEREST EXPENSE......................................        788,235          775,611                           
INTEREST INCOME.......................................       ( 9,683)        (146,044)
                                                      ---------------   -------------- 
    Loss before provision for state income taxes......      3,815,852        8,259,189                            
PROVISION FOR STATE INCOME TAXES......................          1,800            2,545
                                                      ---------------   -------------- 
NET LOSS..............................................     $3,817,652       $8,261,734
                                                      ===============   ============== 

                                                                                       
LOSS PER SHARE INFORMATION:                                                            
    Basic and diluted loss per share.................. $       (1.87)     $    (1.91) 
                                                      ===============   ============== 

                                                                                       
Weighted average number of common and common
    equivalent shares outstanding................         2,044,339        4,336,405   
                                                      ===============   ============== 

</TABLE>

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
    
                                       F-4

<PAGE>
   
                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Stock                                      
                                                                      Additional  Subscription  Prepaid                       
                                                                       Paid-in      (Notes      Consulting                     
                                                    Common Stock       Capital     Receivable)  Costs        Deficit        Total
                                             ----------------------  -----------  ------------ -----------  ----------  -----------
                                               Shares        Amount
                                             --------  -------------

<S>                                             <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>         <C>             <C>       
BALANCE, June 30, 1996                             1,591,969   $15,920   $1,908,590    $500     $ (1,250)  $(2,079,467)   $(155,707)
   Issuance of common stock for consulting services   59,194       592      136,908       -      (22,500)            -       115,000
   Issuance of common stock for conversion of debt,                                                                            
      accrued interest and deferred compensation:                                                                              
      at $2.32 per share.................             31,857       319       73,681       -             -            -        74,000
      at $2.90 per share.................              6,888        69       19,931       -             -            -        20,000
      at $3.68 per share.................             71,033       710      260,790       -             -            -       261,500
   Issuance of common stock for cash:
      options exercised:
      at $2.32 per share.................             73,615       736      170,264       -             -            -       171,000
      at $0.77 per share.................                 44         -           33       -             -            -            33
      warrants exercised under convertible notes                                                                            
      payable............................             142,065    1,420      328,580       -             -            -       330,000
      private placement including 7,749 shares                                                                        
      issued for services for stock offering          146,510    1,465      482,035       -             -            -       483,500
   Issuance of common stock for an outstanding                                                                          
      stock subscription.................                 216        2          498    (500)            -            -             -
   Shares retired pursuant to a settlement with                                                                        
      shareholder........................              (2,141)     (21)      (4,952)      -             -            -       (4,973)
   Issuance of common stock and warrants for cash                                                                         
      net of offering costs of $260,290 under the                                                                              
      February 1997 private placement....             400,000    4,000      800,350       -             -            -       804,350
   Amortization of prepaid consulting costs                 -        -            -       -        18,125            -        18,125
   Net loss..............................                   -        -            -       -             -   (3,817,652)  (3,817,652)
                                                 ------------  -------- ------------  ------  ------------  ------------ -----------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997                              2,521,250   25,212    4,176,708       -       (5,625)   (5,897,119)  (1,700,824)
   Initial public offering of common stock and                                                                       
      warrants, net of offering costs of $2,174,743 2,415,000   24,151   10,117,606       -             -                10,141,757
   Issuance of common stock and warrants for cash                                                                                   
      and subscription receivable, net of offering                                                                     
      costs of $205,000 and including 30,601                                                                             
      shares issued for placement services            808,377    8,083    1,536,917       -             -            -     1,545,000
   Services to be received in exchange for options                                                                          
      and shares of common stock not yet issued             -        -    1,009,000       -    (1,009,000)           -             -
   Purchase of FMS.......................              44,000      440      208,560       -             -            -       209,000
   Exercise of options...................               2,867       29        2,178       -             -            -         2,207
   Amortization of prepaid consulting costs                 -        -            -       -       553,375            -       553,375
   Net loss..............................                   -        -            -       -             -  (8,261,734)   (8,261,734)
                                                 ------------  -------- ------------  ------  ------------------------  ------------
BALANCE, June 30, 1998                              5,791,494  $57,915  $17,050,969  $        $ (461,250) $(14,158,853)   $2,488,781
                                                 ============  ======== ============  ======  ========================  ============
    

</TABLE>

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
   


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998

                           Increase (Decrease) in Cash

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1997               1998
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>               
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net loss..................................................................      $ (3,817,652)      $ (8,261,734)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
      Amortization of notes payable discount.................................           585,072            479,568
      Amortization of prepaid consulting costs...............................            18,125            553,375
      Amortization of deferred financing costs...............................           127,653            130,529
      Amortization of capitalized programming costs..........................           118,789            230,360
      Depreciation and other amortization....................................             7,584            166,956
      Common stock issued for services and interest expense..................            32,625                  -
      Provision for deferred compensation....................................           136,505                  -
      Provision for doubtful accounts........................................                 -             16,000
      Loss on investment in joint venture....................................           300,000            592,500
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable....................................................           (25,631)          (194,678)
      Inventory..............................................................                 -             25,325
      Prepaid expenses.......................................................           (14,993)           (33,365)
      Other assets...........................................................            (1,386)            (3,887)
      Capitalized programming costs..........................................          (356,389)          (565,783)
      Accounts payable, accrued payroll and benefits and other accrued                                             
        liabilities..........................................................           418,142            (66,958)
      Accrued royalty expense................................................                 -            157,569
      Deferred compensation..................................................           (35,000)           (51,672)
      Accrued professional fees..............................................           297,963           (250,587)
      Due to shareholders and directors......................................           (39,417)           (65,751)
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------
        Net cash used in operating activities................................        (2,248,010)        (7,142,233)
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Cash paid for purchase of FMS.............................................                 -            (34,383)
   Purchases of furniture and equipment......................................           (45,396)          (206,569)
   Investment in joint venture...............................................          (300,000)          (368,000)
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------
      Net cash used in investing activities..................................          (345,396)          (608,952)
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from borrowings..................................................         1,245,360            574,990
   Payments on borrowings....................................................           (60,000)        (2,605,250)
   Payments on capital lease obligation......................................            (4,511)           (17,175)
   Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, warrants and stock                                                  
      subscriptions   .......................................................         1,788,883         12,332,547
   Deferred offering and financing costs incurred............................          (497,962)          (343,558)
   Repurchase of common stock................................................            (4,973)                 -
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities..............................         2,466,797          9,941,554
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                                        (126,609)         2,190,369
CASH, beginning of period....................................................           137,492             10,883
CASH FROM ACQUISITION OF FMS.................................................                 -             17,893
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------
CASH, end of period..........................................................   $         10,883    $    2,219,145
                                                                                ===============    ===============

</TABLE>
 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
    

                                       F-6
<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998




1.       Organization, Line of Business and Significant Business Risks

         a.       Organization and Line of Business

   
         The Recovery Network, Inc.  ("Recovery"),  a Colorado corporation,  was
organized to provide information,  interaction and support via television, radio
and  interactive  media  services  to  persons  affected  by or  afflicted  with
alcoholism, drug and substance abuse, eating disorders, depression and a variety
of  behavioral  and mental  health  problems,  as well as to persons  seeking to
prevent  the onset of these  problems  and select  positive  lifestyle  choices.
Recovery was incorporated in May 1992 and commenced operations in February 1993.
Recovery has defined and developed  its  marketing  concept and has procured and
produced programming. Recovery commenced test broadcasting on a limited basis in
March 1996 and was launched nationally for two hours a day in April 1997.

         b.       Acquisitions and Joint Venture

         Recovery Interactive

         Recovery owns a 50% interest in Recovery  Interactive  ("RI"),  a joint
venture with TCI Online Recovery Net Holdings,  Inc.  ("TCIR"),  an affiliate of
Tele-Communications,  Inc.  ("TCI"),  formed on August  1,  1996 to  commence  a
business to provide behavioral health care products and services to managed care
organizations  and  other  organizations   offering  or  providing  health  care
services,  as well as to provide information,  interaction and support regarding
recovery  issues  and  prevention  issues,   through  an  integrated  multimedia
platform. During 1997 and 1998, Recovery and TCI each made capital contributions
to RI and incurred expenses on RI's behalf aggregating to approximately $300,000
and $368,000,  respectively.  The Joint Venture agreement is to continue through
December 31, 2044.  Recovery's  investment in the Joint Venture is accounted for
under the equity method of accounting. Recovery recorded a loss on investment in
the joint venture for its entire  investment of $300,000 in 1997 and $592,500 in
1998 which includes amounts to be paid to RI for operating losses incurred by RI
through June 30, 1998.

         FMS Productions

         On December 10, 1997,  Recovery  acquired 100 percent of the issued and
outstanding common stock of FMS Productions,  Inc. ("FMS" and collectively,  the
"Company") for total  consideration of $225,490.  Consideration  included 44,000
shares of  Recovery's  common stock  valued at $209,000  ($4.75 per share) and a
cash  payment  totaling  $34,383,  less  $17,893 of cash  received  from FMS. In
conjunction  with the  acquisition,  which  has been  accounted  for  under  the
purchase method, acquired net assets were as follows:
    


                                       F-7

<PAGE>
   

                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



1. Organization, Line of Business and Significant Business Risks - (Continued)


Accounts Receivable..................................    $  50,441
Prepaid expenses.....................................       10,162
Inventory............................................       80,949
Capitalized programming costs........................      384,439
Furniture and Equipment..............................       10,826
Other assets.........................................        5,257
                                                       -----------
Fair Value of acquired assets, excluding cash........      542,074
Accounts payable.....................................     (151,523)
Accrued royalty expense..............................     (165,061)
                                                         ---------
Net purchase price...................................     $225,490
                                                          ========

         Prior to the FMS acquisition,  Recovery was classified as a development
stage company, due to the lack of significant operating revenues.  Effective for
the first  quarter  after the FMS  acquisition  (quarter  ended March 31, 1998),
Recovery  emerged  from  the  development  stage  as a  result  of the  revenues
generated from FMS's operations subsequent to the purchase date.

         The unaudited pro forma results of operations  for the years ended June
30,  1997  and  1998  (reflecting  all  adjustments  which,  in the  opinion  of
management, are necessary for a fair presentation) as if the FMS acquisition was
consummated on July 1, 1997 and 1998, respectively, are as follows:


                                          1997                1998
                                     --------------      --------------
Pro forma total revenues                $ 1,214,000         $ 1,593,000
                                     ==============      ==============
Pro forma net loss                      $(3,915,000)        $(8,265,000)
                                     ==============      ==============
Pro forma weighted average                                              
    number of common shares               2,088,339           4,356,055
                                     ==============      ==============
Pro forma loss per common share      $        (1.87)    $         (1.90)
                                     ==============      ==============


         c.       Significant Business Risks

         Going Concern

         The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared assuming the
Company will continue as a going concern.  The Company has recurring losses from
operations and has limited  operating  revenues,  that raises  substantial doubt
about the Company's  ability to continue as a going concern.  The ability of the
Company to  operate as a going  concern is  dependent  upon its  ability  (1) to
obtain  sufficient  additional  capital,  (2) to distribute its  programming and
services through multimedia channels,  (3) to achieve a critical mass of viewers
to attract  advertisers and healthcare  providers and (4) to acquire and develop
appropriate  programming  for broadcast.  The Company plans to raise  additional
working capital through private and public offerings.  The successful outcome of
future activities cannot be determined at this time and there are no
    

                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998




1. Organization, Line of Business and Significant Business Risks - (Continued)

assurances that if achieved,  the Company will have sufficient  funds to execute
its intended business plan or generate positive operating results.

         The financial  statements do not include any adjustments related to the
recoverability  and  classification of assets carrying amounts or the amount and
classification  of liabilities that might result should the Company be unable to
continue as a going concern.

         Government Regulations

         The cable  television  industry is subject to extensive and  frequently
changing  federal,  state and local laws and substantial  regulation under these
laws by governmental agencies,  including the Federal Communications  Commission
(the "FCC").  Regulations governing the rates that can be charged to subscribers
by cable  systems not in markets  subject to  effective  competition  from other
multichannel  video program  distributors  could adversely affect the ability of
cable systems with limited channel  capacity to finance  rebuilding or upgrading
efforts to increase channel capacity or otherwise  restrict their ability to add
new programming such as The Recovery Network. In addition,  federal "must-carry"
rules  requiring  cable operators to devote up to one-third of their channels to
carriage of local commercial TV broadcast stations (and additional  channels for
noncommercial education TV stations); commercial leased access rules designating
10 to 15 percent of system channels for lease by unaffiliated  programmers;  and
local regulatory  requirements  mandating further channel set-asides for public,
governmental and educational use could reduce channel  availability  which might
otherwise be available for The Recovery Network on many cable systems. Statutory
provisions  and FCC  rules  governing  relationships  among  cable  systems  and
competing  forms of  multichannel  video  program  distribution,  as well as the
relations  between the Company and its cable system  affiliates  could adversely
affect the marketability of the Company's programming and the flexibility of the
Company in its business dealings with outlets for its programming.

   
         Dependence upon Group W Network Services

         In May 1998, the Company entered into a five year contract with Group W
Network Service, a division of CBS Corporation,  to provide program origination,
master control operations, uplink and C-Band Satellite transponder services (the
"Transponder Contract"). It is possible that Group W Network Services or Company
affiliates  could experience  broadcast  interruptions  and equipment  failures,
which could last for a significant period of time. The Transponder Contract will
allow the Company to  broadcast  24 hours a day,  rather than the 12 hours a day
under the ATN  nesting  contract  (the  "Nesting  Contract"  - see Note 8).  The
Transponder  Contract,  however,  does not provide  the  Company  with access to
subscribers as did the Nesting Contract.

         Through June 30, 1998,  substantially all the households which received
broadcast of The Recovery Network's programming were provided under the terms of
the  Nesting  Contract.  Starting  September  1, 1998,  the  Company is entirely
dependent on its own affiliate marketing efforts to obtain affiliate  agreements
with cable operators.  Currently,  the Company's only significant arrangement is
with  Cablevision,  which  provides  the Company  with  approximately  2 million
subscribers in the New York and Boston metropolitan areas.
    

                                       F-9

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998


   
2.       Principles  of  Consolidation and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
         Policies

         a.       Principles of Consolidation

         The accompanying consolidated statement of operations for 1998 includes
the operating  results of FMS from December 10, 1997 (the  acquisition  date) to
June 30, 1998. All  intercompany  transactions and accounts between Recovery and
its subsidiary have been eliminated in consolidation.
    

         b.       Use of Estimates

         In the normal  course of preparing  financial  statements in conformity
with generally accepted  accounting  principles,  management is required to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   
         c.       Revenue Recognition

         Advertising   revenues  are  recognized  when  the  advertisements  are
broadcast.  Video and  publications  revenues are recognized  when the goods are
shipped or later when accepted by the customer if acceptance is required. During
1998, the Company recorded approximately $695,000, $150,000 and $50,000 of video
and publications, advertising and other revenues, respectively. During 1997, the
Company recorded $33,000 of advertising revenues.

         d.       Cash
    

         At  times,  the  Company  maintains  cash  balances  over  the  Federal
Depository  Insurance  Corporation  insurable limit of $100,000 per customer per
financial institution.

   
         e.       Furniture and Equipment

         Furniture and equipment is depreciated  over the estimated useful lives
of the assets using  straight-line  and accelerated  methods.  Estimated  useful
lives range from 3 to 7 years.

         Furniture and equipment,  at cost, consist of the following at June 30,
1998:



          Computer Equipment.................. $   301,175     
          Leasehold improvements..............      10,000     
          Office furniture....................      58,275     
                                                ----------  
                                                   369,450     
          Less accumulated depreciation.......    (166,261)    
                                                ----------  
                                               $   203,189  
                                                ==========  
                                                  
    
                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



   
2.       Principles  of  Consolidation and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
         Policies (continued)

         f.       Income Taxes

         The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  pursuant  to  Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.

         Under SFAS 109, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed
based on the temporary difference between the financial statement and income tax
basis of assets and  liabilities  using the enacted  marginal income tax rate in
effect for the year in which the differences  are expected to reverse.  Deferred
income tax expenses and credits are based on the changes in the deferred  income
tax assets and liabilities from period to period.

         g.       Deferred Offering Costs

         Costs associated with offerings of Recovery common shares are initially
capitalized  and then netted  with the  proceeds  received  from the sale of the
common  shares  when the  offering is  completed.  If the  intended  offering is
terminated these costs are charged to operations.

         h.       Deferred Financing Costs

         Debt issuance  costs are initially  capitalized  as deferred  financing
costs and  amortized  over the terms of the notes using the  effective  interest
rate method. In the event the notes are repaid prior to their original maturity,
any unamortized  portion of the debt issuance costs  capitalized will be charged
to operations.

         i.       Capitalized Programming Costs

         Capitalized  programming  costs  include  direct  costs of  production,
production overhead and costs to acquire distribution  rights.  Production costs
are  accumulated  by each series  produced or licensed.  Production  overhead is
allocated proportionately to each series produced based on the direct production
costs  incurred for each series  produced.  The costs are charged to earnings as
the series are  broadcast  based on the estimated  number of future  showings in
accordance with SFAS No. 63, "Financial Reporting by Broadcasters."

         Capitalized  programming  costs are stated at the lower of  unamortized
costs or estimated net realizable  value on a  series-by-series  basis. A series
estimated  net  realizable  value is  periodically  reviewed by  management  and
revised downward when warranted by changing conditions.  Once adjusted,  the new
estimated realizable value establishes a new unamortized cost basis.

         j.       Prepaid Consulting Costs

         The value of common stock and options issued for consulting services is
recorded as prepaid  consulting costs as a component of shareholders'  (deficit)
equity.  Such amounts are amortized,  using the straight-line  method,  over the
life of the consulting agreements.
    

                                      F-11

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998

   
2.       Principles  of  Consolidation  and  Summary  of Significant  Accounting
         Policies (continued)

         k.       Non-Monetary Exchanges

         Accounting for the transfer or distribution  of non-monetary  assets or
liabilities is based on the fair value of the assets or liabilities  received or
surrendered,  which ever is more  clearly  evident.  Where the fair value of the
non-monetary assets received or surrendered cannot be determined with reasonable
accuracy, the recorded book value of the non-monetary assets are used.

         l.       Statements of Cash Flows

         The Company  prepares its  statements  of cash flows using the indirect
method as defined under SFAS No. 95,  "Statement  of Cash Flows."  Required cash
and non-cash transaction disclosures are as follows:

         During 1998,  deferred offering costs of $573,508 were recorded against
proceeds  from  the  IPO.  Deferred  offering  costs  of  $40,000,  paid  to the
underwriters,  were credited toward a two year consulting agreement and recorded
in other assets. Recovery common stock of 44,000 shares was issued in connection
with the acquisition of FMS.

         During 1997,  the Company  issued  shares of common stock in connection
with the  conversion of $270,000 of notes  payable,  the  settlement of deferred
compensation of $74,000 and amounts due to consultants and shareholders for both
past and future  services of $137,500.  The Company also entered into $47,568 of
capital  lease  arrangements  in  connection  with the purchase of furniture and
equipment during the year.

         The Company made cash payments of $2,545 in 1998 and $1,800 in 1997 for
state income taxes.  During 1998 and 1997,  cash  payments for interest  expense
were approximately $166,000 and $13,000, respectively.

         m.       New Financial Accounting Pronouncements

         SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income"  and  SFAS No.  131,
"Disclosure  About  Segments  of an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information"  are
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1997. The Company will
adopt the new standards  upon their  required  effective  dates.  The effects of
these new standards have not yet been determined.

         n.       Loss per Share

         The Company has adopted  SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share"  ("EPS"),
effective for the quarter ending December 31, 1997 and has restated its earnings
per share  disclosure  for all prior  periods  presented to comply with SFAS No.
128. Under SFAS No. 128,  primary EPS is replaced by "Basic" EPS, which excludes
dilution   and  is  computed  by  dividing   income/loss   available  to  common
shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
period.  "Diluted"  EPS,  which is  computed  similarly  to fully  diluted  EPS,
reflects  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur  if  securities  or other
contracts to issue common stock were  exercised or converted  into common stock.
When  dilutive,  stock  options are included as share  equivalents  in computing
diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method.

         Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 128,  the Company  computed  net loss per
share in accordance with APB No. 15 and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting  Bulletin No. 83 (SAB No. 83).  Pursuant to SAB No. 83,  common stock
issued  for  consideration  below the  offering  price of $5.00  per share  (the
"Offering  Price") and stock options and warrants  issued with  exercise  prices
below the Offering Price during the twelve-month period preceding the IPO, were
    
                                      F-12

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998

   
2.       Principles  of  Consolidation  and Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
         Policies (continued)

previously included in the calculation of common stock, using the treasury stock
method,  as if they were  outstanding  for all  periods  presented  (the  "Cheap
Shares").  The effect of  adopting  SFAS No. 128 was to  decrease  the  weighted
average  shares  outstanding  by 460, 548 shares for the periods  ended June 30,
1997 and prior, as the Cheap Shares are no longer  includable in the calculation
of  earnings  per share.  The effect of adoption of SFAS No. 128 was to increase
the loss per share by $0.35 for the year ended June 30, 1997.

         Dilutive securities of 4,477,170 and 963,282 shares are not included in
the  calculation  of diluted  EPS in the years  ending  June 30,  1998 and 1997,
respectively, because they are antidilutive.

         o.       Reclassifications

         Certain 1997  financial  statement  amounts have been  reclassified  to
conform to the 1998 presentation.

3.       Capitalized Production Costs

         Capitalized  production  costs, net of amortization,  are summarized as
follows:

         Produced programs........................ $ 683,597 
         FMS film library acquired................   376,762 
         Licensed films...........................   238,575 
                                                   --------- 
                                                   1,298,934 
         Amortization.............................  (349,149)
                                                   --------- 
              Net capitalized production costs....   949,785 
         Productions in progress..................     7,677 
                                                   --------- 
         Net production costs..................... $ 957,462 
                                                   ========= 

         Based on the Company's estimates of future showings,  75 percent of the
costs will be amortized within the next three years.

4.       Note Payables

         During July and August 1997, Recovery borrowed $605,250 under one year,
15 percent notes payable to unrelated  parties.  The notes provide for a minimum
of $90,790 of interest.  Recovery  incurred $30,260 of deferred  financing costs
related to these  notes.  These notes were paid with the  proceeds  from the IPO
(see Note 7c).

         During  1997 the  Company  issued  $2,000,000  of  promissory  notes in
connection  with the  Company's  March 1997  private  placement.  The notes bear
interest at 9 percent per annum  (estimated  effective  rate is 125 percent) and
were due on the earlier of the consummation of an initial public offering or one
year. These notes and related interest were paid with the proceeds from the IPO.

         In July 1996,  the Company  issued  $310,000 of 10 percent  convertible
debentures  (a total of  $120,000 to certain  shareholders  and  Directors).  In
November and December  1996,  certain  note  holders who  converted  their notes
payable and exercised the resulting  warrants,  were given a reduced  conversion
rate of one share for each $3.68 in outstanding principal
    

                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



4.       Note Payables (continued)

and  interest.  The warrant  exercise  price was also reduced to $2.32 per share
(estimated  market price at date of  repricing).  Original  conversion  rate and
exercise price was $3.87. Notes totaling $250,000 in principal, accrued interest
of $11,500 and the resulting  warrants  were  converted  into 213,098  shares of
common stock. Cash of $330,000 was received when the warrants were exercised.

5.       Deferred Compensation
   
         During  1997,  an officer  and a former  officer  converted  $74,000 in
deferred  compensation  due them into 31,857  shares of common  stock  valued at
$2.32 per share by the Company.

6.       Income Taxes

         The  components of the net deferred  income tax asset at June 30, 1998,
are as follows:

         Carryforward of net operating losses............     $3,663,000   
         Development costs capitalized for tax purposes..        403,000   
         Investment in RI not expensed for tax purposes..        288,000   
         Other temporary differences.....................        131,000  
                                                              ----------  
                                                               4,485,000   
         Valuation allowance.............................     (4,485,000) 
                                                              ----------  
         Deferred income tax asset.......................     $    -      
                                                              ==========  
         
         The  provision  for  income  taxes of $2,545  and $1,800 for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  consist  only of the current
state provision.

         Differences  between the provision for income taxes and income taxes at
the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997                               1998                
                                                       ----------------------            -----------------------
                                                       Amount         Percent            Amount          Percent
                                                       ------         -------            ------         --------

<S>                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>                <C>          
Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate.......    $(1,297,390)     (34.00)%        $(2,808,124)       (34.00)%   
State taxes, net of federal income tax effect......          1,800        0.05                2,545          0.03     
    Net operating losses and other deferred income                                                                  
    tax assets not benefited.......................      1,297,390         34.00          2,808,124         34.00 
                                                   ---------------  ------------     --------------  --------------   
                                                   $         1,800          0.05%       $     2,545          0.03%
                                                   ===============  ============     ==============  ==============
</TABLE>

         As of June 30,  1998,  the  Company  had  approximately  $9,900,000  of
federal net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  which will expire in fiscal  years
ending  2008 to  2013.  As of June  30,  1998,  the  Company  had  approximately
$4,880,000 of  California  state net operating  loss  carryforwards,  which will
expire in fiscal years ending 2001 and 2003. Under SFAS No. 109, the Company has
recorded  valuation  allowances  against the  realization  of its  deferred  tax
assets. The valuation allowance is based on management's estimates and analysis,
which  include the impact of tax laws which may limit the  Company's  ability to
utilize its tax loss carryforwards.
    

                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



6.       Income Taxes (continued)

   
         Additionally,  pursuant to Internal  Revenue  Service code section 382,
the Company's existing net operating loss carryforwards,  and other deferred tax
assets and  liabilities,  may be  unavailable  for future use due to significant
ownership changes of Recovery's common stock.
    

7.       Capital Stock Transactions

         a.       The $3.48 Placement

   
         During  November 1996 through  January 1997,  Recovery  issued  138,761
shares of common  stock for cash of $483,500  ($3.48 per share).  Recovery  also
issued 7,749 shares in  consideration  of services  rendered in connection  with
such placement.

         b.       The March 1997 Private Placement

         In March 1997,  Recovery  consummated a private  financing  pursuant to
which it issued 40 units of  Recovery's  securities  at  $50,000  per unit.  The
private  financing  included an aggregate of (i) $2,000,000  principal amount of
promissory  notes;  (ii) 400,000  shares of common stock;  and (iii) warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 500,000  shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$4.00 per share,  which was  subsequently  changed  to $5.50 per share.  The net
proceeds for the offering were  $1,512,654.  A loan  discount of $1,064,640  was
recorded and  allocated  to the common stock issued and warrants  granted in the
private  placement  based upon the  relative  fair values of the debt and equity
instruments  issued.  Amortization of $585,072 and $479,568 of the loan discount
has been  charged  to  operations  as  interest  expense  during  1997 and 1998,
respectively.  Offering costs of  approximately  $487,000 were incurred of which
approximately  $228,000 was  capitalized as debt offering costs and amortized as
interest expense in 1997 and 1998. The balance of $259,000 was charged to equity
as cost of raising the equity proceeds.

         c.       Initial Public Offering

         On October 3, 1997,  Recovery  consummated its IPO pursuant to which it
issued 2,415,000 units. Each unit consisted of one share of common stock and one
warrant to purchase one share of common stock at $5.50 per share. The units were
sold for $5.10 per unit for net proceeds of approximately $10,142,000.

         d.       1998 Private Placement

         In June 1998, the Company issued (i) 808,377 shares of common stock for
net proceeds of approximately  $1,545,000,  and (ii) warrants to purchase 70,000
shares of common stock at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share through June 29,
2001 (the "1998  Private  Placement").  The shares  were  issued at a 25 percent
discount  when  compared  to current  public  trading  prices at the time of the
placement. The Company placed or is to place 346,449 shares of common stock into
escrow.  Once  shareholder  approval  is  obtained,  the shares and a warrant to
purchase  30,000  shares  will be  released  from  escrow  for net  proceeds  of
approximately $720,000.
    

                                      F-15

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



7.       Capital Stock Transactions (continued)

   
         The 1998  Private  Placement  also  provides for  additional  shares of
common  stock to be issued  pursuant  to certain  other  provisions  of the 1998
Private  Placement  agreement,  including  shares  issuable  for  no  additional
consideration  pursuant to certain reset rights (the "Reset Rights",  as defined
in the agreement) and shares  issuable for up to $3,000,000  pursuant to the put
rights (as defined in the agreement).
    

         e.       Other Stock Transactions

   
         During April 1998,  the Company  entered  into a  consulting  agreement
whereby  consulting  services were to be rendered in exchange for 200,000 shares
of common  stock and options to purchase  200,000  shares of common  stock.  The
securities are to vest through  September  1998. No securities  have been issued
under the agreement,  however,  approximately 106,000 shares of common stock and
options to purchase  approximately 106,000 shares of common stock have vested as
of June 30,  1998.  In 1998,  the Company has recorded  compensation  expense of
approximately $522,000 related to this agreement.
    

         During  November 1996 the exercise price of 67,157  options  granted in
fiscal year 1996 to three members of the Board of Directors was reduced to $2.32
(estimated  market  price  at date of  repricing)  per  share  and  vesting  was
accelerated so that all options  became fully vested.  At that time, the options
to purchase  67,157  shares of common  stock were  exercised.  Other  options to
purchase 6,458 shares of common stock at $2.32 per share were also exercised.

   
         f.       Other

         Effective  February  10,  1997,  the Company  approved a one for 7.7432
reverse split of common  stock.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  information
relating  to  the  number  and  price  per  share  of  common   stock  has  been
retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.

         In  management's  opinion,  all of the  above  transactions  have  been
recorded at the estimated  fair market value of  Recovery's  common stock at the
date of grant.
    

8.       Related Party Transactions

         a.       Compensation

   
         During  fiscal  years 1997 and 1998,  cash  payments  of  approximately
$708,000 and $660,000,  respectively,  were made to shareholders  and Directors,
including  affiliated  companies,  for  compensation in connection with services
rendered.

         b.       Shares issued to shareholders
    

         During  October  and  November   1996,  the  Company  issued   existing
shareholders  a total of 43,050  shares of common stock valued by the Company at
$2.32 per share for  reimbursement  of $100,000  of  expenses  paid for by these
shareholders.  During  February and March 1997,  other  shareholder  claims were
settled for  $100,000  and the  shareholder  surrendered  2,141 shares of common
stock.  When tendered in December  1996, the shares were valued at $4,973 ($2.32
per share) by the Company.

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998



8.       Related Party Transactions (continued)

         c.       ATN Satellite Nesting Contract

   
         In April 1997, the Company  entered into the Nesting  Contract with ATN
(a related  company)  under which ATN will  provide the Company  with  satellite
uplink,  master control and other related services on its satellite  transponder
for two hours of broadcast time per day. The Nesting  Contract expired on August
31, 1998.

         During  1997 and 1998,  the Company  made cash  payments of $57,000 and
$847,585, respectively to ATN.

9.       Employment Agreements

         The Company and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary have entered into certain
employment  agreements  with  employees,   shareholders  and/or  Directors.  The
agreements expire at various dates from September 30, 1998 to February 28, 2000.
The  agreements  provide for minimum  monthly  cash  compensation  ranging  from
approximately  $10,000 to $12,500,  and quarterly  commissions  to an officer of
$0.01 for each  subscriber  household,  as  defined,  in  excess of one  million
households.

         The  employment  agreements  provide  certain option rights and contain
certain  non-compete and severance pay clauses,  as defined,  in the agreements.
Future  minimum  payments  required  under the amended  and  revised  employment
agreements  are  approximately  $721,000  and  $170,000 in fiscal years 1999 and
2000, respectively.

10.      Options and Warrants
    

         Stock Options

   
         The  Company  has  four  stock  option  plans:  the 1996  Employee  and
Consultants  Stock Option Plan,  the 1996 Board of Directors and Advisory  Board
Retainer Stock Option Plan, the 1997  Management  Bonus Plan, and the 1998 Stock
Plan.  A total of 940,251  shares of common  stock are  reserved  for  issuance,
pursuant to options granted and to be granted under these plans.  110,085 shares
are available for grant under the plans as of June 30, 1997. Options pursuant to
the 1996 and 1997 plans have fully  vested as of June 30, 1998,  resulting  from
change of  control  provisions  being  activated  due to changes in the Board of
Directors of the Company.  Options under the 1998 plan generally vest over three
years. All plan options generally expire in four to five years.

         The plans  provide for option  grants at exercise  prices not less than
the fair market value on the date of grant.  All options  granted under the 1996
plans were at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share.  All grants  under the 1997
and 1998  plans  were  repriced,  effective  August  3,  1998,  as the  Board of
Directors of the Company  approved the repricing of options to purchase  806,746
shares  granted under these two plans,  certain  non-plan  options and an option
granted after June 30, 1998. Such repricing was effected by offering to exchange
new options with an exercise price of $1.56 per share, which was the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of repricing, for the options then held by
such optionees. The new options otherwise have identical terms and conditions as
the current original options.
    


                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998

   
10.      Options and Warrants (continued)

         Effective during fiscal year 1997, the Company granted non-plan options
to acquire 110,423 shares of common stock for services  rendered and pursuant to
certain employment agreements. All options are fully vested as of June 30, 1998,
resulting from change of control  provisions  being  activated due to changes in
the Board of Directors of the Company. All options expire in 2001.

         During 1997 and 1998,  non-plan  options to  purchase  3,583 and 18,000
shares, respectively, of common stock were granted. The options' exercise prices
are $5.00 per share in 1997 and $1.56 per share in 1998.  Options  vest  monthly
commencing July 1997 and April 1998. The options expire five years from the date
of grant.  During 1998, 1,000 of these options reverted back to the Company upon
termination of employment of an optionee.

         During April 1998, the Company  granted  106,250  non-plan  options for
consulting services at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.  Options are vested
when granted and expire in five years.

         The  following  is a  summary  of all  options  granted  to  employees,
directors and consultants to acquire the Recovery's  common stock as of June 30,
1998:

         Shares         Exercise           Shares      Shares         Shares
        Granted           Price            Vested     Exercised     Terminated
        -------         --------           ------     ---------     ----------

        147,586           $5.00           144,003         -            3,583
         23,247           $3.10            23,247         -             -
        106,250           $3.00           106,250         -             -
         87,176           $2.32            87,176         -             -
        806,576           $1.56           267,993         -           98,830

    
                                      F-18

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998


   
10.      Options and Warrants (continued)

         The Company  has adopted  SFAS No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation," issued in October 1995. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS
no. 123,  the Company  applies  APB  Opinion 25 and related  interpretations  in
accounting  for its stock  options  plans and,  accordingly,  does not recognize
compensation  cost.  If the Company had elected to recognize  compensation  cost
based on the fair value of the options  granted at grant date as  prescribed  by
SFAS No. 123,  net loss and loss per share would have been  increased to the pro
forma  amounts  indicated  in the table  below (in  thousands,  except per share
amounts):


                                      Year Ended       Year Ended
                                     June 30, 1997    June 30, 1998
                                     -------------    -------------
Net loss - as reported                $   3,818       $   8,262 
Net loss - pro forma                  $   3,911       $   8,532 
Loss per share - as reported          $  (1.87)       $  (1.91) 
Loss per share - pro forma            $  (1.91)       $  (1.97) 


        The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated  on the date of grant
 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:


                                           1997                  1998
                                           ----                  ----
Expected dividend yield                    0.00%                 0.00%
Expected stock price volatility            0.00%                 72.32%
Risk free interest rate                    6.00%                 6.00%
Expected life of options                   5 years               5 years

         The weighted  average fair value of options  granted during fiscal year
1998 is $1.00.  During 1997, the weighted  average fair value of options granted
was $0.31.
            

                                      F-19

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998




10.      Options and Warrants (continued)

         Warrants

   
         At June 30, 1998, there were 3,350,498 warrants  outstanding related to
the Company's debt and equity offerings, including the IPO. 500,000 warrants are
exercisable  through  March  2002 at $5.50  per share and  15,498  warrants  are
exercisable  through  March 1999 at $3.87 per  share.  2,415,000  warrants  were
issued  in  connection  with  the  Company's  IPO  and are  exercisable  through
September 2002 at $5.50 per share. 420,000 underwriter warrants were also issued
in connection with the IPO and are exercisable  through  September 2002 at $8.25
to $9.075 per share.

11.      Commitments
    

         a.       Operating Leases

         During March 1997, the Company  executed an operating  lease  agreement
for its office  facilities that expires in April 2002. Under the agreement,  the
Company has an option to extend the lease through May 2004.  The lease  requires
that the  Company  also pay for  certain  insurance  coverages  and common  area
charges  throughout  the  term  of  the  lease.  The  aggregate  minimum  future
commitments under operating leases are as follows:

                                              
              Year Ending June 30,         
                                           
              1999...........    $236,000       
              2000...........     247,000       
              2001...........     254,000       
              2002...........     225,000       
                                ---------       
                                 $962,000       
                                =========       
              

         Rent  expense  charged  to  operations  in  fiscal  1997 and 1998  were
approximately $79,600 and $339,000, respectively.
    

                                      F-20

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998

   
11.      Commitments (continued)

         b.       Capital Leases

         The Company leases certain office  equipment  under a capital lease. At
June 30, 1998, minimum lease payments under the terms of the lease agreement are
as follows:

            Year Ending June 30,                               
                                                               
            1999..................................     $22,350 
            2000..................................      18,711 
                                                      -------- 
                                                        41,061 
            Less-amounts representing interest....     (10,906)
            Less-Current portion..................     (17,029)
                                                      -------- 
                                                       $13,126 
                                                      ========            


         c.       Transponder Contract

         In May 1998, the Company entered into a five year contract with Group W
Network  Services to provide  program  origination,  master control  operations,
uplink and C-Band  Satellite  transponder  services.  The contract  requires the
Company to make monthly payments of approximately $85,000.

12.      Events Subsequent to the Date of the Auditors Report (Unaudited)

Issuance of Common Stock

         On  September  24,  1998,  and in  connection  with  the  1998  Private
Placement,  the  shareholders  of the Company  approved  the issuance of 346,449
shares of common stock  (including  13,115  shares of common stock for placement
services) and a three year warrant to purchase  30,000 shares of common stock at
$5.50 per share for gross proceeds of $750,000.  Expenses  associated  with this
offering  are  approximately  $95,000.  The shares and  warrant  were  issued on
October 2, 1998.

         In October 1998, the 1998 Private Placement  agreement was amended (the
"Amendment"),  whereby an additional 138,890 shares of common stock were issued.
Total shares of common stock issued under the 1998 Private Placement,  including
the Amendment shares, were 1,250,000 shares for gross proceeds of $2,500,000 (or
$2.00 per share).  Warrants to purchase an additional  400,000  shares of common
stock  were also  granted at  exercise  prices  ranging  from $4.00 to $6.00 per
share. These additional warrants are exercisable until December 2001.
    
                                      F-21

<PAGE>


                    THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1998

   
12.      Events Subsequent to the Date of the Auditors Report (Unaudited)
         (continued)

         Pursuant to the  Amendment,  1998 Private  Placement  subscribers  (the
"Subscribers")  agreed not to sell their 1,250,000  shares of common stock until
December 21, 1998 (the  "Lock-Up"),  during which  period the  Subscribers  have
granted a transferable  option to sell 900,000 of such shares at $3.00 per share
(the "Option") to a minority  shareholder of the Company.  The  Subscribers  may
elect not to sell up to 450,000 shares of common stock under the Option.  If the
Option is exercised,  the Lock-Up will be extended  until  February 16, 1999 for
all unsold  shares and  Subscriber  Reset Rights (see Note 7) will be forfeited.
The Lock-Up will expire if the closing bid price for the Company's  common stock
is $5.00 or more for three consecutive trading days.

         If the Option is not  exercised,  the  Company  will be required to pay
liquidated damages to the Subscribers of up to $150,000.

         The Company has placed 1 million  shares of common stock into escrow as
security for additional shares that may be required to be issued pursuant to the
Reset Rights.

Options

         During October 1998, the Board of Directors granted options to purchase
350,000  and  50,000  shares  of common  stock at $2.00  and  $2.50  per  share,
respectively. The Board of Directors also granted 58,000 shares of common stock.
All shares and options to purchase  375,000  shares of common stock were granted
for consulting  services rendered or to be rendered.  Options to purchase 25,000
shares of common  stock were  granted  for past  Director  services.  Consulting
options vest immediately and director service options vest over three years.

Recovery Interactive

         During  October  1998,  the  Company  and TCI agreed to amend the joint
venture to admit FHC Internet Services,  L.C. ("FHC") as a member. In connection
with the  amendment,  the  Company  agreed to  contribute  warrants  to purchase
295,000 shares of common stock at $2.125 per share,  and 25,000 shares of common
stock to RI. The Company's  ownership interest was reduced to 20 percent from 50
percent and may be reduced  another 10 percent if the  Company  does not satisfy
certain performance guidelines.
    
                                      F-22

<PAGE>
                                                                   June 30, 1997
                                                       Santa Barbara, California


To the Board of Directors
of FMS Productions, Inc.


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                          ----------------------------

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of FMS  Productions,  Inc. as of
April 30, 1997 and 1996 and the related statements of income, retained earnings,
and cash flows for the years then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of FMS Productions,  Inc. as of
April 30, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the  years  then  ended  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in Note 10 to the
financial  statements,  the Company has suffered  losses from operations and its
total liabilities  exceeds its total assets. This raises substantial doubt about
the  Company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in
regard to these matters are also described in Note 10. The financial  statements
do not  include  any  adjustments  that might  result  from the  outcome of this
uncertainty.

Bartlett, Pringle & Wolf, LLP


                                      F-23

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                              FMS PRODUCTIONS, INC.
                                  BALANCE SHEET
                             April 30, 1997 and 1996

================================================================================

                                     ASSETS                                  1997               1996
                                     ------                                  ----               ----


<S>                                                                 <C>                   <C>                                      
Current Assets:
         Cash:    Unrestricted                                        $       12,122        $    12,951     
                  Restricted                                                   8,502              9,864     
                                                                           ---------          ---------     
                          Total cash                                          20,624             22,815
                                    
         Accounts receivable, less allowance for uncollectible        
         accounts of $18,500 in 1997 and 1996                                 78,353            108,758     
         Other receivables                                                       --               1,620
                          
         Inventories                                                          48,168             42,334
                    
         Production costs, net of amortization of $457,399 and
           $450,953 for 1997 and 1996, respectively                           55,410             56,497     
         Prepaid expenses                                                      2,989              2,454
                                                                           ---------          ---------                         
                  Total current assets                                       205,544            234,478
                                                                           ---------          ---------
                                                                                                       

Equipment
         Machinery and equipment                                              32,049             35,495     
         Furniture and fixtures                                               22,773             22,985     
         Automobiles                                                          28,500             28,500     
         Office equipment                                                     14,784             14,306
                                                                           ---------          ---------                         
                                                                              98,106            101,286
         Less accumulated depreciation                                       (88,043)           (89,883)
                                                                           ---------          ---------                         
                  Net equipment                                               10,063             11,403
                               
Other Assets:
         Refundable deposits                                                   5,257              6,398     
                                                                           ---------          ---------     
                  Total assets                                          $    220,864        $   252,279     
                                                                           =========          =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
     Accounts payable                                                     $   65,849         $   60,862     
     Accrued royalties                                                       160,428            156,155     
     Accrued payroll and related tax liabilities                              33,681             38,225     
     Deferred revenue                                                          7,181              8,765     
     Current portion of long term debt                                        12,205             38,208     
                                                                           ---------          ---------     
                  Total current liabilities                                  279,344            302,215     
Long term debt, net of current portion                                        22,846             29,057     
                                                                           ---------          ---------     
                  Total liabilities                                          302,190            331,272
                                                                           ---------          ---------                         
Stockholders' Equity:
     Common stock   no par value; authorized 2,500 shares;
         Issued and outstanding 100 shares                                       700                700     
         Retained earnings (deficit)                                         (82,026)           (79,693)    
         Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                (81,326)           (78,993)    
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                              $    220,864        $   252,279     
                                                                     ===============   ================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

                                      F-24

<PAGE>


                              FMS PRODUCTIONS, INC.
                    STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                   For the Years Ended April 30, 1997 and 1996

================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                      ----          ----
                                                                                    
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>                              
Net Sales                                                        $1,180,926   $   1,286,710                  
Cost of Sales                                                       378,096         406,198                 
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                  Gross profit                                      802,830         880,512
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
Operating Expenses
         Selling                                                    379,495         481,347                  
         General and administrative                                 420,316         488,986                  
         Interest                                                    10,208          14,072                  
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                          Total operating expenses                  810,019         984,405                  
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                  Operating loss                                     (7,189)       (103,893)
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                                                                                           
Other Income:
         Net gain on disposal of assets                                 --              112                  
         Interest income                                                305             593                  
         Miscellaneous income                                         5,351           5,000                  
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                          Total other income                          5,656           5,705                  
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                  Loss before income taxes                           (1,533)        (98,188)                   
         Provision for income taxes                                    (800)           (800)                   
                                                              -------------   -------------                 
                  Net loss....................................       (2,333)        (98,988)                   

         Retained earnings (deficit), beginning of year             (79,693)         19,295
                                                              -------------   -------------                 

         Retained earnings (deficit), end of year              $    (82,026)  $     (79,693)                   
                                                              =============   =============
</TABLE>

         See accompanying notes

                                      F-25

<PAGE>


                              FMS PRODUCTIONS, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                   For the Years Ended April 30, 1997 and 1996

================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Cash Flows from Operating Activities:                                                 1997              1996
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------

<S>                                                                              <C>               <C>          
         Net loss                                                                   $    (2,333)      $    (98,988)
         Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
          provided (used) by operating activities:
                  Depreciation and amortization                                          11,587             13,439
                  Gain on disposal of  assets                                                --               (112)
                  Decrease (increase) in:
                          Accounts receivable                                            30,404             20,003
                          Other receivables                                               1,620                 63
                          Inventories                                                    (5,834)            12,283
                          Production costs                                               (5,359)              (781)
                          Prepaid expenses and refundable deposits                          606             27,049
                  Increase (decrease) in:
                          Accounts payable                                                4,987             (9,798)
                          Accrued royalties                                               4,273             14,138
                          Accrued payroll and related taxes                              (4,544)            (2,665)
                          Deferred revenue                                               (1,584)                --
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
                  Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                       33,823            (25,369)
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
         Purchase of equipment                                                           (3,800)            (5,053)
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
                  Net cash used in investing activities                                  (3,800)            (5,053)
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
         Repayments under line of credit                                                     --            (42,500)
         Principal payments on long-term borrowing                                      (32,214)           (28,946)
         Proceeds from long-term borrowing                                                   --             34,494
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
                  Net cash used in financing activities                                 (32,214)           (36,952)
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
Net decrease in cash                                                                     (2,191)           (67,374)
Cash at beginning of year                                                                22,815             90,189
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------

Cash at end of year                                                                  $   20,624       $     22,815
                                                                                 ==============   ================

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid during the year for:
         Interest                                                                    $   10,208        $    14,072
         Income taxes                                                                       800                800
See accompanying notes
</TABLE>


                                      F-26

<PAGE>



                              FMS PRODUCTIONS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


================================================================================

Note 1 -       Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         A)     Nature of Business

                FMS Productions, Inc., located in Carpinteria,  California, is a
                nationwide  distributor  of  educational  films and videos.  The
                Company  grants credit to its customers  including  educational,
                correctional,  and counseling institutions throughout the United
                States, many of which rely on governmental funding.

         B)     Restricted Cash

                Restricted cash represents  amounts  received from third parties
                for the production of films.

         C)     Inventories

                Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost  (first  in,  first
                out) or market (net realizable value).

         D)     Equipment

                Equipment is stated at cost with depreciation  provided over the
                estimated  useful lives  utilizing  the  straight  line and 150%
                declining balance methods.

                The estimated  useful lives of all of the assets range from five
                to seven years.

         E)     Production Costs

                Production costs consist of negative costs,  which are the costs
                the Company incurs to produce a film, and other production costs
                that the Company  incurs to produce  books and  cassette  tapes.
                Negative costs are amortized under the individual film-forecast-
                computation  method.  This  method  amortizes  the film costs in
                relation to an estimate  of the film's  revenues  over the sales
                life of the film.  Other  production  costs are  amortized  in a
                similar manner.  It is reasonably  possible that those estimates
                of anticipated  gross revenues will be reduced in the near term.
                As a result,  the carrying amount of the capitalized  production
                costs would be reduced.

         F)     Income Taxes

                Income  taxes are  provided  for the tax effect of  transactions
                reported  in the  financial  statements  and  consist  of  taxes
                currently   due  plus  deferred   taxes  related   primarily  to
                differences   between  methods  of  depreciating  fixed  assets,
                allowances  for  doubtful  accounts,  and  reporting  of lawsuit
                settlement  expense for financial and income tax reporting.  The
                deferred tax assets represent the future tax return consequences
                of those  differences,  which will be deductible when the assets
                are recovered.  Deferred taxes also are recognized for operating
                losses that are available to offset future taxable income.

         G)     Use of Estimates

               The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
               generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to
               make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts
               of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
               liabilities  at the date of the financial  statements.  Estimates
               also affect the reported  amounts of revenue and expenses  during
               the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could differ from those
               estimates.


                                      F-27

<PAGE>



Note 2 -       Inventories

               Amounts included in inventory are as follows:


                                            1997                   1996
                                      -----------------      ----------------
Pre-production costs                   $          1,836       $           677
Finished goods                                   46,332                41,657
                                      -----------------      ----------------
                                        $        48,168         $      42,334
                                      =================      ================

Note 3 -       Notes Payable and long-term Debt

           The note  payable  represents  a line of credit  secured by  accounts
           receivable, business assets, inventories and a trust deed on property
           owned by a stockholder under a general security  agreement.  The note
           was paid off on  February  16,  1996.  The  company  had  available a
           $50,000 line of credit which expired August 15, 1996.

           At April 30, 1996 the Company was in violation of certain restrictive
           covenants  of its loan  agreement  with the bank under its term loan.
           Therefore,  the term loan is  classified  as  current as of April 30,
           1996.

           Long-term debt is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1997                 1996
                                                                            -------------      -------------
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>                     
   
Unsecured 9% note payable to a stockholder of the Company,
payments of principal and interest due in monthly installments
of $532, note was due in full and paid by January 1, 1997.                       $             $  4,612
    

Loan payable to bank in monthly principal installments of $1,042 plus                                    
interest.  The interest rate is the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 2%,                                   
which equaled 10.5% and 11%                                                                              
at April 30,1997 and 1996, respectively.  The loan is secured by all                                     
corporate assets and a Company officer's home.                                   $    5,993    $ 18,497
The company officer is a guarantor.                                                        

   
Lawsuit settlement, payable in monthly installments of $1,000,                                           
including interest, plus a  final payment of $3,000, which was paid in                                   
full December 1, 1996.  Interest is imputed at 8% based on the                                           
Company's incremental borrowing rate.                                                         $   9,662
    

13.4% note payable to a stockholder of the Company in monthly                                            
principal and interest payments of $811.  Note is due in full on                                         
February 25, 2001.  The note is secured by accounts receivable,                                          
inventories and  all other assets of the Company.  The loan is                                           
subordinate to the loan payable to the bank                                                                   
Described above.                                                                     29,058      34,494                        
                                                                                -----------  ----------  
                                                                                                         
         Total long-term debt                                                        35,051      67,265  
Less current portion of long-term debt                                               12,205      38,208  
                                                                                -----------  ----------  
         Long-term debt, net of current portion                                  $   22,846  $   29,057  
                                                                                ===========  ==========  
                                                                             
</TABLE>

Principal repayments are scheduled as follows for the years ending April 30:

         1998                                 $        12,205
         1999                                           7,097
         2000                                           8,106
         2001                                           7,643
                                          -------------------
                                              $        35,051
                                          ===================

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

Note 4 -          Lease Commitments

           The Company leases its facilities and equipment  under month to month
           operating  lease  arrangements.  The total expense for the year ended
           April 30, 1997 and 1996 was $47,378 and $50,390, respectively.

Note 5 -          Income Taxes

           Temporary  differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets consist
           primarily  of the  excess of  depreciation  for  financial  reporting
           purposes  over the amount for tax purposes,  allowances  for accounts
           receivable  reported  differently  for  financial  reporting  and tax
           purposes,  and lawsuit  settlement  expense accounted for differently
           for financial reporting and tax purposes.


The provision for income taxes consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1997               1996
                                                                       ---------------   -----------------

<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>             
         Current tax expense -- state                                  $           800   $            800
                                                                       ---------------   -----------------


The net deferred tax assets include the following components:


         Deferred tax assets:
                  Federal                                              $        29,346    $        30,415
                  State                                                         12,252             12,888
                                                                       ---------------   -----------------

         Deferred tax asset valuation account:
                  Federal                                                      (29,346)           (30,415)
                  State                                                        (12,252)           (12,888)
                                                                       ---------------   -----------------

                           Total deferred tax asset                    $                 $              0
                                                                       ===============   =================


         Valuation allowance, beginning of year                        $        43,303     $       23,808
         Increase (decrease) in allowance                                       (1,705)            19,495
                                                                       ---------------   -----------------

                           Valuation allowance, end of year            $        41,598     $       43,303
                                                                       ===============   =================

</TABLE>

           The Company has available at April 30, 1997 an unused  operating loss
           carryforward of  approximately  $206,000 which may be applied against
           future federal taxable income;  and approximately  $142,000 which may
           be applied against future state taxable income.  These operating loss
           carryforwards  expire in the years  ending  April 30,  2011 and 2001,
           respectively.

Note 6 -          Depreciation and Amortization Expense

         Included in the financial statements for the years ending April 30 are:


                                               1997                  1996
                                         ----------------      ----------------
Depreciation expense                        $       5,140          $      5,380
Amortization of production costs                    6,447                 8,059
                                         ----------------      ----------------
                                             $     11,587           $    13,439
                                         ================      ================

Note 7 -          Related Party Transactions

           The Company purchased consulting services from a 20% shareholder. For
           the year ending  April 30, 1996,  the Company  paid this  shareholder
           $10,800.  There were no amounts paid to this  shareholder  during the
           year  ending  April 30,  1997.  Amounts due to this  shareholder  and
           included in trade  payables  totaled  $1,350 as of April 30, 1997 and
           1996.
                                      F-29
<PAGE>




           Also included in trade payables are amounts due to  shareholders  and
           employees for unreimbursed  expenses totaling $13,813 as of April 30,
           1997.

Note 8 -   Employment Contract

           The  Company  has  entered  into  an  employment  contract  with  its
           president  through June 30, 1999 that  provides for a minimum  annual
           salary of $65,000 plus a bonus based on the  Company's  attainment of
           specified levels of sales and earnings. In addition, if the president
           is  terminated  for other than cause as specified in the terms of the
           contract,  the president will be paid severance in an amount equal to
           his  base  salary  payable  from the date of the  event  causing  the
           termination  through the  expiration  date of the agreement  plus two
           times his bonus for the immediately  preceding year. In no event will
           the amount of severance  payable be less than his base salary for the
           twelve  month  period   immediately   preceding   the  date  of  such
           termination  plus two times his bonus for the  immediately  preceding
           fiscal year, if any such termination is made with in the final twelve
           months of the term of the employment contract.

Note 9 -   Subsequent Event

           The Company  received a letter of intent  form a potential  buyer who
           would acquire all of the outstanding stock of the Company, subject to
           certain  conditions,  in exchange for the issuance of the  purchasing
           company's common stock to the  shareholders of FMS Productions,  Inc.
           The Company's  shareholders have accepted this offer.  After closing,
           the Company  would be a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  purchasing
           company.

Note 10 - Going Concern

           The Company  experienced  significant  declines  in sales  during the
           years  ended April 30, 1997 and 1996.  In  addition,  as of April 30,
           1997 and 1996, total liabilities  exceeded total assets. As mentioned
           in Note 9, the Company's  shareholders have accepted an offer to sell
           all  of  their  outstanding   stock.  In  addition,   management  has
           undertaken a cost reduction plan that has reduced  monthly  operating
           expenses.  The  success  of  the  pending  sale  of the  Company  and
           management's cost reduction plan, as well as increasing sales and the
           Company's  continued  ability to obtain necessary short and long-term
           financing,  will be  critical  factors  in the  Company's  ability to
           continue as a going concern.


                                      F-30

<PAGE>

   

                           THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.
               PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  June 30, 1998
                                   (Unaudited)


         The following  unaudited pro forma  condensed  combining  statements of
operations  for the year  ended  June 30,  1998  illustrate  the  effect  of the
acquisition by the Company of FMS  Productions,  Inc. (FMS) on December 10, 1998
for total consideration of $225,490. Consideration included 44,000 shares of the
Company's  common  stock  valued at  $209,000  ($4.75  per share) and a net cash
payment of $16,490.  The FMS  acquisition is being  accounted for as a purchase,
with the assets  acquired and  liabilities  assumed being  recorded at estimated
fair market value.  The unaudited pro forma  combining  statements of operations
assumes that this transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

         The  pro  forma   adjustments   are  based  upon  currently   available
information  and  upon  certain   assumptions  that  the  Company  believes  are
reasonable.  The  acquisition  of FMS has been recorded based upon the estimated
fair market value of the tangible  assets  acquired at the date of  acquisition.
The  adjustments  included  in  the  unaudited  pro  forma  combining  financial
statements   represents  the  Company's   preliminary   determination  of  these
adjustments based upon available information. There can be no assurance that the
actual adjustments will not differ  significantly from the pro forma adjustments
reflected in the pro forma financial information.

         The  unaudited  pro  forma  combining  financial   statements  are  not
necessarily  indicative of either  future  results of operations or results that
might have been achieved if the foregoing transaction had been consummated as of
the indicated  dates.  The unaudited pro forma  combining  financial  statements
should be read in conjunction  with the historical  financial  statements of the
Company and FMS, together with the related notes thereto,  included elsewhere in
this  Prospectus and the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a
part.
    
                                      F-31

<PAGE>

   
                           THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            Recovery                                                                   
                                           Network(1)             FMS(2)        Adjustments        Consolidated
                                           ----------             ------        -----------        ------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>                   <C>                  <C>         
REVENUES:
   Advertising..........................     $ 150,780    $             -       $          -         $    150,780
   Video and publication................       694,078            698,195                  -            1,392,273
   Other................................        49,900                  -                  -               49,900
                                            ----------       ------------        -----------           ----------
      Total revenues....................       894,758            698,195                  -            1,592,953
                                            ----------       ------------        -----------           ----------

OPERATING EXPENSES:
   Salaries and consulting..............     3,346,720            272,606             19,500(3)         3,638,826
   Marketing............................       497,467             82,828                  -              580,295
   General and administrative...........     2,326,807             83,111                  -            2,409,918
   Programming..........................     1,543,997                  -                  -            1,543,997
   Loss on investment in joint                                                                                    
      venture...........................       592,500                  -                  -              592,500
   Cost of book and publication                                                                                   
      sales.............................       216,889            210,768             30,000(4)           457,657
                                            ----------          ---------        -----------           ----------
         Operating expenses.............     8,524,380            649,313             49,500            9,223,193
                                            ----------          ---------        -----------           ----------
   Income (loss) from operations........    (7,629,622)            48,882            (49,500)          (7,630,240)
INTEREST EXPENSE........................      (775,611)            (3,661)          2,000(5)             (777,272)
INTEREST INCOME.........................       146,044                  -                  -              146,044
                                          ------------       ------------        -----------        -------------
   Income (loss) before provisions                                                                                
      for income taxes..................    (8,259,189)            45,221            (47,500)          (8,261,468)
PROVISION FOR STATE INCOME                                                                                        
   TAXES................................        (2,545)              (800)                 -               (3,345)
                                          -------------      -------------       ------------       -------------
   Net income (loss)....................   $(8,261,734)         $  44,421          $ (47,500)         $(8,264,813)
                                          =============      =============        ============       =============
LOSS PER SHARE INFORMATION:
Loss per share and loss per share                                                                                 
   assuming dilution....................        $(1,91)                                                    $(1.90)
                                               ========                                              =============
Weighted average number of common             4,336.405                               19,650(6)         4,356,055
                                          =============                           ============       =============
   and common equivalent shares
   outstanding..........................
</TABLE>

- --------------------------

(1)   Includes the historical  results of operations of the Company for the year
      ended June 30,  1998,  which  includes the results of FMS from the date of
      acquisition (December 10, 1997).
    
(2)   Includes  the  historical results of operations of FMS for the period from
      May 1, 1997 through October 31, 1997. 
(3)   Increase in officers'  salaries based upon new employment  agreements.  
(4)   Amortization  of FMS's  television  rights 
(5)   Reduction  in  interest  expense  due  to  retirement  of  note payable to
      FMS Shareholder.  
(6)   Increase in  weighted average  shares to acquire FMS as if consummated on 
      July 1, 1997.


                                      F-32

<PAGE>
   
=======================================  =======================================
   No  dealer,   salesperson   or  other              3,321,226 Shares          
person has been  authorized  to give any                                        
information     or    to    make     any                                        
representations    other    than   those                                        
contained  in this  Prospectus,  and, if                                        
given  or  made,  such   information  or                                        
representations  must not be relied upon                                        
as having been authorized by the Company                                        
or the Underwriter. This Prospectus does                                        
not  constitute  an  offer  to sell or a                                        
solicitation  of an  offer  to  buy  any                                        
security   other  than  the   securities                THE RECOVERY            
offered by this Prospectus,  or an offer                NETWORK, INC.           
to sell or a solicitation of an offer to                                        
buy  any  securities  by  anyone  in any                                        
jurisdiction  in  which  such  offer  or      3,321,226 Shares of Common Stock  
solicitation  is  not  authorized  or is                                        
unlawful.  Neither the  delivery of this                                        
Prospectus  nor any sale made  hereunder                                        
shall, under any  circumstances,  create                                        
any  implication  that  the  information         ---------------------------    
contained  herein is  correct  as of any                                        
time subsequent to the date hereof.                                             
                                                         PROSPECTUS             
  ------------------------------------                                          
                                                 ---------------------------    
                                                                                
            TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                   
                                                                                
                                   Page                                         
Available Information.................2                                         
Prospectus Summary....................3                                         
Risk Factors..........................8                                         
Use of Proceeds......................17                                         
Dividend Policy......................17                                         
Plan of Distribution.................18                                         
Legal Proceedings....................18                                         
Capitalization.......................19                                         
Market for the Company's Common                                                 
   Equity and Related                                       __________ __, 1998 
   Shareholder Matters...............20      
Plan of Operation....................21
Business.............................24
Management...........................34
Selling Shareholders.................43
Principal Shareholders...............47
Certain Transactions.................49
Description of Securities............51
Legal Matters........................53
Experts..............................53
Index to Financial Statements.......F-1

    
========================================   =====================================
                                     
<PAGE>



                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

         The  articles  of  incorporation  of the  Registrant  provide  for  the
indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted  by  law.  Insofar  as  indemnification   for  liabilities  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers or  controlling
persons of the  Registrant  pursuant to the  articles of  incorporation  and the
corporation law of the State of Colorado,  the Registrant has been informed that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in such Act and is therefore unenforceable.

         As permitted by the Colorado Business  Corporation Act, the Articles of
Incorporation  provide that directors and officers of the Registrant will not be
personally liable to the Registrant or its shareholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for breach of a
director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its shareholders,  (ii) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation of law, (iii) under section 7-108-403 of the Colorado statute
relating to unlawful  distributions  or (iv) for any transaction  from which the
director  derived an improper  personal  benefit.  The Articles of Incorporation
also provide (subject to certain  exceptions) that the Registrant  shall, to the
maximum  extent  permitted  form  time to time  under  the law of the  State  of
Colorado, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to, any director or
officer to the extent permitted under such law as it may from time to time be in
effect. The Registrant's bylaws require the Registrant to indemnify, to the full
extent  permitted  by law,  any  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the
Registrant for acts which such person  reasonably  believes are not in violation
of  the  Registrant's  corporate  purposes  as set  forth  in  the  Articles  of
Incorporation.  As a result of these  provisions,  shareholders may be unable to
recover damages against the directors and officers of the Registrant for actions
taken by them which constitute negligence,  gross negligence,  or a violation of
their  fiduciary  duties,  which  may  reduce  the  likelihood  of  shareholders
instituting  derivative  litigation  against  directors  and  officers  and  may
discourage or deter shareholders from suing directors,  officers,  employees and
agents of the Registrant for breaches of their duty of care, even though such an
action,   if  successful,   might  otherwise  benefit  the  Registrant  and  its
shareholders.

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

         The following table sets forth the various  expenses which will be paid
by the  Registrant  in  connection  with the  issuance and  distribution  of the
securities being registered.  With the exception of the registration fee and the
NASD filing fee, all amounts shown are estimates.
   
    Registration fee............................................      2,320
    Nasdaq listing expenses fee.................................      7,500
    Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal and filing fees)      2,000
    Printing expenses (other than stock certificates)...........      5,000
    Legal fees and expenses (other than Blue Sky)...............     50,000
    Accounting fees and expenses................................     37,500
    Miscellaneous expenses......................................        680
                                                                   --------
             Total..............................................   $105,000
                                                                   ========
    
                                      II-1

<PAGE>



Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         During the period from November 1995 through April 1996, the Registrant
sold  322,663  shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $2.32 for proceeds
of approximately $749,500. In issuing such securities,  the Registrant relied on
the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

         In January 1996,  the  Registrant  issued 48,106 shares of Common Stock
valued at $2.32 per share for consulting  services rendered by third parties. In
issuing such  securities,  the  Registrant  relied on the exemption  provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

         During April 1996,  the  Registrant  issued,  pursuant to a shareholder
rights  offering,  259,281  shares of  Common  Stock and  received  proceeds  of
$200,767.  In connection with the shareholder  rights  offering,  the Registrant
granted  each  shareholder  of record one  transferable  right for each share of
Common Stock owed by such  shareholder.  Five rights  entitled a shareholder  to
purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of  approximately  $.77 per share.
In issuing such securities,  the Registrant relied on the exemption  provided by
Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act and Rule 505 of  Regulation  D  promulgated
under the Securities Act.

   
         In May 1996,  the  Registrant  issued to a director  of the  Registrant
17,220  shares  of Common  Stock,  valued at $2.32  per  share,  for  consulting
services.  In issuing such  securities,  the Registrant  relied on the exemption
provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
    

         During June 1996, the  Registrant  issued 14,332 shares of Common Stock
valued at $2.32  per  share  for  consulting  services  performed  and  expenses
incurred by such consultant  prior to November 1995. In issuing such securities,
the  Registrant  relied  on  the  exemption  provided  by  Section  4(2)  of the
Securities Act.

         During the period from July 1996 through  October 1996,  the Registrant
sold 10% Convertible Promissory Notes (the "Convertible Notes") in the aggregate
principal  amount  of  $310,000.   From  November  1996  through  January  1997,
Convertible Notes in the aggregate  principal amount of $250,000 and interest of
approximately  $11,500 were  converted  into an  aggregate  of 71,033  shares of
Common Stock. The noteholders  also received and exercised  warrants for 142,065
shares of Common Stock resulting in proceeds to the Registrant of  approximately
$330,000. The remaining outstanding  Convertible Note in the principal amount of
$60,000 was repaid in March 1997 from the net  proceeds  of a private  financing
(the "Private Financing"),  and in connection with such repayment the Registrant
issued to the  holder  warrants  to  purchase  15,498  shares  of Common  Stock,
exercisable  at a price of $3.87 per share.  In  issuing  such  securities,  the
Registrant  relied on the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of the  Securities
Act.

         In October  1996,  the  Registrant  issued to two  shareholders  of the
Registrant  16,144  shares  of  Common  Stock  valued  at $2.32  per  share  for
consulting  services  rendered by such  shareholders,  and the Registrant issued
7,749 shares of Common Stock valued at $3.48 per share for consulting  services.
In issuing such securities,  the Registrant relied on the exemption  provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

         During  October and November  1996, an officer and a former  officer of
the Registrant were issued 43,050 shares of Common Stock,  respectively,  valued
at $2.32 per share as reimbursement  for expenses  incurred by them on behalf of
the Registrant,  and the Registrant reduced the exercise price of 73,615 options
from $3.87 to $2.32 and all of such  options  were  exercised.  In issuing  such
securities,  the Registrant relied on the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act.

         From October 1996 through  January 1997,  the  Registrant  sold 138,761
shares  of  Common  Stock  for a price  per  share  of  $3.48  for  proceeds  of
approximately  $483,500.  The Registrant issued 7,749 shares in consideration of
services rendered in connection with such offering.  In issuing such securities,
the  Registrant  relied  on  the  exemption  provided  by  Section  4(2)  of the
Securities Act.

         In November 1996, the Registrant  issued 31,857 shares of Common Stock,
valued at $2.32 per share to  officers  of the  Registrant  upon  conversion  of
deferred compensation earned by such officers.  In issuing such securities,  the
Registrant  relied on the exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of the  Securities
Act.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

         In November 1996,  the  Registrant  issued 6,888 shares of Common Stock
valued at a price of $2.90 upon the conversion of a promissory  note. In issuing
such securities, the Registrant relied on the exemption provided by Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act.

         In  March  and  April  1997,  the  Registrant  sold  to 21  "accredited
investors"  in the Private  Financing an aggregate of (i)  $2,000,000  principal
amount of promissory  notes (the  "Financing  Notes") which bear interest at the
rate of 9% per  annum and are due on the  earlier  of the  consummation  of this
offering  or March 6,  1998;  (ii)  400,000  shares of Common  Stock;  and (iii)
Warrants (the  "Financing  Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Whale Securities, L.P.,
the underwriter in the Registrant's initial public offering,  acted as placement
agent in connection  with the Private  Financing and received a placement  agent
fee of $200,000 in connection  with such offering.  In issuing such  securities,
the  Registrant  relied  on  the  exemption  provided  by  Section  4(2)  of the
Securities  Act and Rule 505 of  Regulation D promulgated  under the  Securities
Act.

   
         In June 1997, the Registrant sold $105,250  aggregate  principal amount
of  promissory  notes  which  bear  interest  at 15% due on the  earlier  of two
business days after the consummation of the Registrant's initial public offering
and July 2, 1997. The lender  received an origination  fee of 5% paid out of the
proceeds  of the  note.  In  issuing  the  note,  the  Registrant  relied on the
exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

         In June 1998,  the  Registrant  issued (i)  1,111,110  shares of Common
Stock to 7 "accredited  investors" and (ii) warrants to purchase  100,000 shares
of  Common  Stock  at an  exercise  price  of  $5.50  per  share  (the  "Private
Placement"). In October 1998, the Registrant issued an additional 138,990 shares
of Common Stock and  additional  warrants to purchase  400,000  shares of Common
Stock at exercise  prices  between  $4.00 and $6.00 per share.  In issuing  such
securities,  the  Registrant  relied on the  exemption  provided  by Rule 506 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

         In June 1998,  the  Registrant  issued 43,716 shares of Common Stock as
partial  compensation  to the  placement  agents in the  Private  Placement.  In
issuing such  securities,  the  Registrant  relied on the exemption  provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
    


                                      II-3

<PAGE>

   

Item 27.   Exhibits.

Number         Description of Exhibit
- ------         ----------------------

2.1            Form of  Subscription  Agreement  between  Registrant and each of
               Austost  Anstalt  Schann,  Balmore  Funds S.A.,  Zakeni Ltd.,  BL
               Squared  Foundation,  Martin Chopp, The Sargon Fund, L.P. and TLG
               Realty  (collectively,  the  "Subscribers")  dated as of June 29,
               1998.*
2.3            Funds Escrow  Agreement  between the Registrant,  Austost Anstalt
               Schaan,  Balmore Funds S.A., Zakeni Ltd., BL Squared  Foundation,
               Martin  Chopp,  The Sargon Fund,  L.P.,  TLG Realty and Grushko &
               Mittman dated as of June 29, 1998.*
2.4            Shares Escrow Agreement  between the Registrant,  Austost Anstalt
               Schaan,  Balmore Funds S.A., Zakeni Ltd., BL Squared  Foundation,
               Martin  Chopp,  The Sargon Fund,  L.P.,  TLG Realty and Grushko &
               Mittman dated as of June 29, 1998.*
2.5            Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated as of December 10, 1997 among
               the Registrant,  Recovery Direct, Inc., FMS Production,  Inc. and
               each of John Frederick,  P. Randall Frederick,  Jan Smithers, Joe
               C. Wood, Jr., Sharon R. Irish and Charles S. Sapp. ++
2.6            Amendment  No. 1 dated  October  27, 1998  to  the   Subscription
               Agreement dated as of June 29,1998.
3.1            Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.**
3.2            By-Laws of the Registrant.**
4.1            Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's Common Stock.**
4.2            Form of Redeemable  Warrant  Agent  Agreement (including Form  of
               Redeemable Warrant).**
4.3            Form  of  Redeemable  Warrant   Agreement   ( including  Form  of
               Redeemable Warrant).**
4.4            1996 Employee and Consultants Stock Option Plan.**
4.5            Amendment to 1996 Employee and Consultants Stock Option Plan.**
4.6            1996 Board of Directors and Advisory Board Stock Option Plan.**
4.7            Amendment  to  1996  Board of Directors and Advisory  Board Stock
               Option Plan.**
4.8            1997 Management Bonus Plan.**
4.9            Amendment to 1997 Management Bonus Plan.**
4.10           Form Stock Option Contract.**
4.11           Form  of  Promissory  Note  issued  by  the Registrant on July 2,
               1997.**
4.12           1998 Stock Plan.++
4.13           Form of Warrant.*
4.14           Form  of  Registration  Rights Agreement dated December 10,  1997
               between the Registrant and each of the Sellers.++
5.1            Opinion of Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP. 
10.1           Operating  Agreement of Recovery Net Interactive, L.L.C. dated as
               of August 1, 1996.**
10.2           Channel  Nesting  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and Access
               Television Network, Inc. dated as of April 10, 1997.**
10.3           Employment  Agreement between the Registrant and William D. Moses
               effective as of December 1, 1996. ** 
10.4           Non-Disclosure and  Inventions  Agreement between the  Registrant
               and William Moses dated as of January 30, 1977.**
10.5           Employment Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Donald Masters
               effective as of December 1, 1996.** 
10.6           Non-Disclosure  and  Inventions Agreements between the Registrant
               and Donald Masters dated as of February 3,
               1997.**
10.7           Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant and  John Wheeler
               dated as of May 13, 1997.**
10.8           Employment Agreement between the Registrant  and  William Megalos
               dated as of May 1, 1997.**
10.9           License  Agreement  between  Recovery Net  Interactive L.L.C. and
               Merit Behavioral Care Incorporated dated as of May  1, 1997.**
10.10          Services   Agreement  dated  as  of  April  1, 1998  between  the
               Registrant and Group W Network Services.
21.1           List of Subsidiaries.**
23.1           Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.2           Consent of Bartlett, Pringle & Wolf, LLP
23.3           Consent  of  Parker  Chapin  Flattau & Klimpl,  LLP ( included in
               Exhibit 5.1). 


                                      II-4

<PAGE>



27.1           Financial Data Schedule.

- ---------------------------------
*      Incorporated by reference to the same  number exhibit to the Registrant's
       Form 10-KSB  for  the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 filed on  September
       28, 1998.
**     Incorporated   by  reference  to  the  same   numbered   exhibit  to  the
       Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, file number 333-27787.
+      Incorporated  by  Reference to Exhibit A to the  Registrant's  Definitive
       Proxy  Statement  on Schedule  14A filed by the  Registrant  on April 29,
       1998.
++     Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's December 15,
       1997 Form 8-K.
++     Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's December 15,
       1997 Form 8-K.

    
Item 28.   Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file,  during any  period in which  offers or sales are being  made, a
       post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

       (i)    To  include any  prospectus  required  by  Section 10(a)(3) of the
              Securities Act of 1933;

       (ii)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
              effective  date of the  Registration  Statement or the most recent
              post-effective  amendment  thereof which,  individually  or in the
              aggregate,  represent a fundamental  change in the information set
              forth in the Registration Statement;

       (iii)  To include any  material  information  with respect to the plan of
              distribution   not  previously   disclosed  in  the   Registration
              Statement  or any  material  change  to  such  information  in the
              Registration Statement;  provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i)
              and (1)(ii) do not apply if the registration  statement is on Form
              S-3,  Form S-8, and the  information  required to be included in a
              post-effective  amendment  by those  paragraphs  is  contained  in
              periodic  reports  filed by the Company  pursuant to Section 13 or
              15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated
              by reference in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
       Act of 1933, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a
       new registration  statement  relating to the securities  herein,  and the
       offering  of such  securities  at that  time  shall be  deemed  to be the
       initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
       the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
       this offering.

          Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is asserting by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.





                                      II-5

<PAGE>
   

                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on Form SB-2 and authorizes this Amendment No. 1
to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  in
Santa Monica County, State of California, on the 26th day of October, 1998.

                                                      THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.


                                                      By: /s/William D. Moses
                                                          ----------------------
                                                             William D. Moses
                                                         Chief Executive Officer


         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment  No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement  was  signed  by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


              Signature                                             Title                                          Date
              ---------                                             -----                                          ----

<S>                                     <C>                                                              <C> 
/s/William D. Moses                         Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of             October 26, 1998
- -------------------                         Directors (principal executive officer)  
   William D. Moses                                      

        *                                   Executive Vice President and Director                            October __, 1998
- -------------------
 Donald J. Masters

/s/  Michael Clark                          Vice President of Finance (principal accounting and              October 27, 1998
- -------------------                         financial officer)
 Michael Clark                   
                                   
- -------------------                         Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors                          October __, 1998
 Nimrod J. Kovacs                           


         *                                  Director and Chairman of the Executive Committee                 October __, 1998
- --------------------
George Henry
                                
        *                                   Director                                                         October __, 1998
- ----------------------
Charlotte Schiff Jones
                                   
                                            Director                                                         October __, 1998
- --------------------
Mitchell E. Sahn

</TABLE>

*By: /s/William D. Moses  
          William D. Moses
          Attorney-in-fact
    
                                      II-6


                                     <PAGE>


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549



                         ------------------------------


                                    EXHIBITS

                                       TO

                                    FORM SB-2


                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                         ------------------------------


                           THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.
               (Exact name of issuer as specified in its charter)

                                  ------------






                               ------------------

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
   

Number            Description of Exhibit
- ------            ----------------------

2.1      Form of Subscription  Agreement between  Registrant and each of Austost
         Anstalt Schann, Balmore Funds S.A., Zakeni Ltd., BL Squared Foundation,
         Martin Chopp, The Sargon Fund, L.P. and TLG Realty  (collectively,  the
         "Subscribers") dated as of June 29, 1998.*
2.3      Funds Escrow Agreement between the Registrant,  Austost Anstalt Schaan,
         Balmore Funds S.A., Zakeni Ltd., BL Squared  Foundation,  Martin Chopp,
         The Sargon  Fund,  L.P.,  TLG Realty and Grushko & Mittman  dated as of
         June 29, 1998.*
2.4      Shares Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Austost Anstalt Schaan,
         Balmore Funds S.A., Zakeni Ltd., BL Squared  Foundation,  Martin Chopp,
         The Sargon  Fund,  L.P.,  TLG Realty and Grushko & Mittman  dated as of
         June 29, 1998.*
2.5      Agreement and Plan of Merger dated  as of  December 10, 1997  among the
         Registrant, Recovery Direct, Inc.,  FMS  Production, Inc. and  each  of
         John Frederick, P.  Randall Frederick, Jan Smithers,  Joe C. Wood, Jr.,
         Sharon R. Irish and Charles S. Sapp. ++
2.6      Amendment No. 1 dated October 27, 1998  to  the Subscription  Agreement
         dated as of June 29, 1998.
3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.**
3.2      By-Laws of the Registrant.**
4.1      Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's Common Stock.**
4.2      Form  of   Redeemable  Warrant  Agent   Agreement  (including  Form  of
         Redeemable Warrant).**
4.3      Form of Redeemable  Warrant Agreement  (including  Form  of  Redeemable
         Warrant).**
4.4      1996 Employee and Consultants Stock Option Plan.**
4.5      Amendment to 1996 Employee and Consultants Stock Option Plan.**
4.6      1996 Board of Directors and Advisory Board Stock Option Plan.**
4.7      Amendment  to 1996  Board  of Directors and Advisory Board Stock Option
         Plan.**
4.8      1997 Management Bonus Plan.**
4.9      Amendment to 1997 Management Bonus Plan.**
4.10     Form Stock Option Contract.**
4.11     Form of Promissory Note issued by the Registrant on July 2, 1997.**
4.12     1998 Stock Plan.++
4.13     Form of Warrant.*
4.14     Form of Registration Rights Agreement dated  December 10, 1997  between
         the Registrant and each of the Sellers.++
5.1      Opinion of Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP.
10.1     Operating Agreement  of Recovery Net Interactive, L.L.C.  dated  as  of
         August 1, 1996.**
10.2     Channel Nesting Agreement between the Registrant and Access  Television
         Network, Inc. dated as of April 10, 1997.**
10.3     Employment  Agreement  between  the Registrant  and  William  D.  Moses
         effective as of December 1, 1996. **
10.4     Non-Disclosure  and  Inventions  Agreement  between  the Registrant and
         William Moses dated as of January 30, 1977.**
10.5     Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and   Donald   Masters
         effective as of December 1, 1996.**




<PAGE>



10.6     Non-Disclosure and  Inventions  Agreements  between the Registrant  and
         Donald Masters dated as of February 3, 1997.**
10.7     Employment Agreement  between the Registrant and  John Wheeler dated as
         of May 13, 1997.**
10.8     Employment Agreement between  the Registrant and William Megalos  dated
         as of May 1, 1997.**
10.9     License  Agreement  between Recovery Net Interactive L.L.C.  and  Merit
         Behavioral Care Incorporated dated as of May 1, 1997.**
10.10    Services Agreement dated as of April 1, 1998 between the Registrant and
         Group W Network Services.
21.1     List of Subsidiaries.**
23.1     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.2     Consent of Bartlett, Pringle & Wolf, LLP
23.3     Consent of  Parker Chapin  Flattau & Klimpl, LLP  (included in  Exhibit
         5.1). 
27.1     Financial Data Schedule.

- ---------------------------------
*      Incorporated by reference to the same number exhibit to the  Registrant's
       Form 10-KSB for the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1998 filed on  September
       28, 1998.
**     Incorporated   by  reference  to  the  same   numbered   exhibit  to  the
       Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, file number 333-27787.
+      Incorporated  by  Reference to Exhibit A to the  Registrant's  Definitive
       Proxy  Statement  on Schedule  14A filed by the  Registrant  on April 29,
       1998.
++     Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's December 15,
       1997 Form 8-K.
++     Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's December 15,
       1997 Form 8-K.

    



                                                      EXHIBIT 2.6


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
                    -----------------------------------------


         WHEREAS on June 29, 1998 each of the investors identified on Schedule A
hereto  ("Investor" or  "Investors")  had entered into a subscription  agreement
with The Recovery  Network,  Inc. (the "Company")  relating to the investment by
the Investors in securities of the Company (the "Subscription Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, each of the Investors has purchased the securities
for the Purchase Price identified on Schedule A hereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company and  Investors  are  desirous  of  amending  the
Subscription Agreements.

         NOW THEREFORE,  for the mutual promises contained herein and other good
and valuable mutual consideration, receipt of which is acknowledged, the parties
agree as follows:

         1. Capitalized terms employed in this Amendment No. 1 (the "Amendment")
shall  have  the  same  meanings  as  attributed  to  them  in the  Subscription
Agreement.

         2. Except as modified herein, the Subscription  Agreement and documents
referred to therein,  and all its terms and conditions  remain in full force and
effect.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the amendments set forth herein shall be
deemed  effective  as of the  date of the  Subscription  Agreement  and the date
hereof.

         3. Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, the Company shall
deliver  to the  Investors  the  amount of Company  Stock  ("Additional  Company
Shares") and Class B, C, and D common stock  purchase  warrants ("New B, C, or D
Warrants" or "New  Warrants")  set forth on Schedule B hereto.  The New Warrants
are exercisable  for the designated  amounts of Company Stock until December 21,
2001 at per common share prices of $4.00,  $5.00,  or $6.00,  respectively.  The
Additional  Company  Shares  and New  Warrants  are  granted  all the rights and
benefits accorded the Company Shares and Warrants,  respectively,  including but
not limited to the reissuance of the Securities  without  restrictive  legend as
described  in  Section 4 of the  Subscription  Agreement,  and the  registration
rights described in Section 10 of the Subscription Agreement. The Purchase Price
set forth in Schedule A hereto  shall be deemed the  Purchase  Price for all the
Company Shares set forth on Schedule A and the  Additional  Company Shares (i.e.
$2.00 per Company Share).
<PAGE>


         4. The Investors  agree not to sell the Company  Shares and  Additional
Company Shares until after  December 21, 1998,  except for 900,000 common shares
which may be  proportionately  sold by the Investors to Darryl  Gurwich,  or his
assigns  ("Optionee")  as the holder of the option to purchase  all but not less
than all such 900,000  common  shares at $3.00 per common share (the  "Option").
However,  upon  exercise of the Option,  each  Investor  shall have the right to
restrict  the  exercise  of the Option in  relation to up to half of the Company
Shares  owned by the Investor  which are  deposited in Escrow and subject to the
Option.  A lock-up  shall not apply to any of the  shares  subject to the Option
which the Investor has withheld from being sold to the Optionee  pursuant to the
previous sentence.  The terms of the Option are memorialized in an Option Escrow
Agreement dated on or about the date of this Amendment.

         5. In the event the Option is  exercised  pursuant  to the terms of the
Option  Escrow  Agreement,  then (i) the  Investors  agree to extend the lock-up
period described in the previous paragraph until February 16, 1999; and (ii) the
Reset  rights of the  Investors  described  in Section  9.1 of the  Subscription
Agreement will, on such date, be eliminated  entirely.  In the event the Closing
Bid Price of the  Company's  Common  Stock as  reported  by the NASDAQ  SmallCap
Market or such other principal  market upon which the Common Stock is listed for
trading is $5.00 or more for three  consecutive  trading days,  then the Company
Shares and  Additional  Company  Shares will not be subject to any lock-up after
such date.

         6. In the event the Option is not  exercised  pursuant  to the terms of
the Option Escrow  Agreement  then the  Investors  will be entitled to all Reset
rights  described in the  Subscription  Agreement and as amended herein.  If the
Registration  Statement  described  in  Section  10.1(iv)  of  the  Subscription
Agreement relating to all the Registrable Securities is declared effective on or
before December 31, 1998, then the Trigger Date shall be January 2, 1999.  Reset
Dates shall be every thirtieth day after the Trigger Date until the Investor has
Reset the entire  Purchase  Price.  If any such date is not a trading day on the
NASDAQ SmallCap Market or such other principal  market where the Common Stock is
listed  for  trading,  then  that  Reset  Date  shall be the first  trading  day
thereafter.  Designated  Portions to be determined by each Investor shall be not
less than 5% nor more than 25% of the Purchase Price.

                                        2

<PAGE>



         7. In the event the Option is not exercised, then regardless of whether
the  Registration  Statement  described in Section  10.1(iv) of the Subscription
Agreement was declared effective or not declared  effective,  Liquidated Damages
in  accordance  with  Section  10.2(j)  of  the  Subscription  Agreement  for  a
Non-Registration  Event will be assessed against the Company, and be immediately
payable by the Company to the  Investors as if such  Registration  Statement had
not been declared  effective as of December 21, 1998, (i.e.  damages will accrue
for a period of not less than October 27, 1998 through December 21, 1998).

         8. In the  event the  Option  is  exercised  then the  Investors  waive
damages with respect to the  Non-Registration  Event  described in Paragraph "7"
above.

         9.  In  the  event  a  Registration   Statement  relating  to  all  the
Registrable  Securities (which includes the Additional Company Shares and New B,
C, and D Warrants) (i) is not filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
on or before  October 30, 1998;  or (ii) if not reviewed and  commented  upon in
writing by the Securities and Exchange  Commission and not declared effective on
or before  November 4, 1998; or (iii) if reviewed and commented  upon in writing
by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  and not  declared  effective on or
before December 15, 1998, then the lock-up and Option described in Paragraph "4"
of this Amendment shall be void.

         10.  The  Company  shall  deliver  to  Grushko & Mittman  (the  "Escrow
Agent"),  upon the  execution  hereof  1,000,000  shares of Common  Stock of the
Company  (the  "Escrowed   Shares")  in  the  names  of  the  Investors  in  the
denominations  set  forth on  Schedule  A to be held in  escrow.  While  held in
escrow,  the Escrowed  Shares shall not be deemed issued and outstanding for any
purpose nor shall any Investor have any voting or  dispositive  rights  thereto.
The  certificate  representing  the Escrowed  Shares shall be imprinted with the
legend described in Section 1(e) of the Subscription  Agreement which is subject
to removal pursuant to Section 4 of the Subscription Agreement.  Any restrictive
legend  imprinted  on the  Escrowed  Shares  will be  removed  immediately  upon
effectiveness of a Registration  Statement relating to such Escrowed Shares. The
terms and conditions of escrow shall be set forth in an escrow  agreement in the
form annexed as Exhibit 1 hereto (the  "Escrow  Agreement").  The Company  shall
deliver to the Escrow Agent,  from time to time, at the request of the Investor,
within seven (7) business days after notice to the Company of such request, such
additional Company Shares as would be necessary to offset any dilutive events as
described  in  Section  11.2(g)  of the  Subscription  Agreement  affecting  the
Escrowed Shares. The Escrowed Shares are to be employed to satisfy the Company's
obligation  to deliver  shares to the  Investors  upon Reset and to satisfy  any
outstanding
                                        3

<PAGE>



monetary obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 9.1(f), 9.3 and 10.2(j)
of the Subscription Agreement. The Investor may elect to satisfy any outstanding
Company obligation arising under Section 9.1(f),  9.3, or Section 10.2(j) of the
Subscription  Agreement  and  Paragraph 7 of this  Amendment  by  demanding  the
release from escrow of Company Shares at a per share value  equivalent to 75% of
the lowest bid price of the Company's  Common Stock on NASDAQ SmallCap or on any
exchange  or other  securities  market on which the  Common  Stock is then being
traded,  for the five trading days prior to the date notice of such  election is
given to the Company.  Upon execution of this  Amendment,  the Company shall pay
the Escrow Agent a fee of $15,000 as compensation for the services of the Escrow
Agent.

         11. The Company  will  remove Put Shares from the pending  registration
statement and not register any common  shares  issuable upon exercise of the Put
in any  registration  statement filed prior to December 22, 1998.  Nevertheless,
the  Company  will  register  the same  amount of Common  Stock  required  to be
registered  pursuant to Section 10.1(iv) of the  Subscription  Agreement and one
share of Common Stock for each Additional Company Share and each share of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants.

         12. The Company will provide an updated legal opinion acceptable to the
Investors  relating  to the  Additional  Company  Shares,  New Class B, C, and D
Warrants and this Amendment in  substantially  similar form to the legal opinion
previously provided pursuant to Section 3 of the Subscription Agreement.





                      [THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




                                        4

<PAGE>





         13. This  Amendment  may be executed in multiple  counterparts,  and by
facsimile signature and may be delivered via telecopier.

                             THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.


                             By:_________________________________


                             AUSTOST ANSTALT SCHAAN


                             By:_________________________________


                             BALMORE FUNDS S.A.


                             By:_________________________________





                                        5

<PAGE>





         13. This  Amendment  may be executed in multiple  counterparts,  and by
facsimile signature and may be delivered via telecopier.

                             THE RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.


                             By:_________________________________


                             ZAKENI LTD.


                             By:_________________________________


                             BL SQUARED FOUNDATION


                             By:_________________________________


                             THE SARGON FUND, L.P.


                             By:_________________________________


                              TLG REALTY


                              By:_________________________________




                              ------------------------------------
                                  MARTIN CHOPP


                                        6

<PAGE>



                           AMENDMENT NO. 1 SCHEDULE A
                           --------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


INVESTORS                                        PURCHASE                COMPANY SHARES               ALLOCATION OF
                                                 PRICE                   PREVIOUSLY                   ESCROWED
                                                                         RECEIVED                     SHARES
<S>                                            <C>                     <C>                          <C>    
AUSTOST ANSTALT SCHAAN                           750,000.00              333,333                      300,000
7440 Fuerstentum
Lichenstein
Landstrasse 163
Fax: 011-431-534532895

BALMORE FUNDS S.A.                               750,000.00              333,333                      300,000
P.O. Box 4603
Zurich, Switzerland
Fax: 011-411-201-6262

ZAKENI LTD.                                      500,000.00              222,222                      200,000
c/o Betuvo AG
Baarer Strasse
73 Postsach 2121
6302 ZUG, Switzerland
Fax: 416-638-5023

BL SQUARED FOUNDATION                            200,000.00              88,889                       80,000
274 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10016
Attn: Mel Lifschitz
Fax: 212-779-3218

THE SARGON FUND, L.P.                            150,000.00              66,667                       60,000
20 Adele Road
Cedarhurst, NY 11516
Fax: 516-371-6999

TLG REALTY                                       50,000.00               22,222                       20,000
c/o Melo
525 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Attn: Bob Fischbein
Fax: 212-974-8315

MARTIN CHOPP                                     100,000.00              44,444                       40,000
1129 East 22nd Street
Brooklyn, NY 11210
Fax: 718-854-3342

TOTALS                                           2,500,000               1,111,110                    1,000,000

                                        7

<PAGE>


                           AMENDMENT NO. 1 SCHEDULE B



INVESTORS                                     ADDITIONAL            B WARRANTS             C WARRANTS            D WARRANTS
                                              COMPANY
                                              SHARES
AUSTOST ANSTALT SCHAAN                        41,667                60,000                 30,000                30,000
7440 Fuerstentum
Lichenstein
Landstrasse 163
Fax: 011-431-534532895

BALMORE FUNDS S.A.                            41,667                60,000                 30,000                30,000
P.O. Box 4603
Zurich, Switzerland
Fax: 011-411-201-6262

ZAKENI LTD.                                   27,778                40,000                 20,000                20,000
c/o Betuvo AG
Baarer Strasse
73 Postsach 2121
6302 ZUG, Switzerland
Fax: 416-638-5023

BL SQUARED FOUNDATION                         11,111                16,000                 8,000                 8,000
274 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10016
Attn: Mel Lifschitz
Fax: 212-779-3218

THE SARGON FUND, L.P.                         8,333                 12,000                 6,000                 6,000
20 Adele Road
Cedarhurst, NY 11516
Attn: Jennifer Spinner
Fax: 516-371-6999

TLG REALTY                                    2,778                 4,000                  2,000                 2,000
c/o Melo
525 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Attn: Bob Fischbein
Fax: 212-974-8315

MARTIN CHOPP                                  5,556                 8,000                  4,000                 4,000
1129 East 22nd Street
Brooklyn, NY 11210
Fax: 718-854-3342
TOTALS                                        138,890               200,000                100,000               100,000


                                        8
</TABLE>


  EXHIBIT 5.1


                       PARKER CHAPIN FLATTAU & KLIMPL LLP.
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                               New York, NY 10036
                                 (212) 704-6000



                                                      October 28, 1998
The Recovery Network, Inc.
1411 5th Street
Suite 250
Santa Monica, California 90401

Dear Sir or Madam:

         We have acted as  counsel to The  Recovery  Network,  Inc.,  a Colorado
corporation  (the "Company"),  in connection with the Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 (the  "Registration  Statement")  being filed with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  On June 29,
1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  series  of  Subscription  Agreements  (the
"Agreements") with seven subscribers (the "Subscribers") relating to the receipt
by the Company of proceeds of up to $5,500,000  (the "Private  Placement").  The
Registration  Statement  relates  to the  offering  of  3,321,226  shares of the
Company's  common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock") of which
(i) 1,250,000 were issued to the  Subscribers in the Private  Placement,  43,716
were issued to the  placement  agents in the Private  Placement and 122,260 were
issued to various third parties in various transactions unrelated to the Private
Placement  (collectively,  the "Issued Shares") and (ii) 972,250 are issuable to
the Subscribers  pursuant to certain  provisions of the Agreements,  500,000 are
issuable to the  Subscribers  upon  exercise of certain  warrants  issued to the
Subscribers in the Private Placement, 58,000 are issuable to certain consultants
in various  transactions  unrelated  to the Private  Placement,  and 375,000 are
issuable  upon  exercise of certain  options  issued to various  consultants  in
various  transactions  unrelated  to the Private  Placement  (collectively,  the
"Issuable Shares").

         In connection with the foregoing, we have examined originals or copies,
satisfactory to us, of the Company's (i) Certificate of Incorporation as amended
and restated to date,  (ii) By-laws as amended to date and (iii)  resolutions of
the Company's  board of  directors.  We have also reviewed such other matters of
law as we  have  deemed  relevant  and  necessary  as a basis  for  the  opinion
hereinafter expressed.  In such examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of
all signatures,  the authenticity of all documents  submitted to us as originals
and the conformity with the original documents of all documents  submitted to us
as copies or facsimiles.  As to any facts material to such opinion,  we have, to
the extent that relevant facts were not independently  established by us, relied
on  certificates  of public  officials  and  certificates  of  officers or other
representatives of the Company.

         Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the
Issued Shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and
that the Issuable  Shares,  when issued and upon payment in accordance  with the
terms of the  respective  warrant  agreements,  option  agreements  or  relevant
provisions of the Agreements,  as the case may be, will be validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable.

<PAGE>


                                       -2-

The Recovery Network, Inc.                                 October 28, 1998



         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       /s/ PARKER CHAPIN FLATTAU & KLIMPL, LLP

                                      PARKER CHAPIN FLATTAU & KLIMPL, LLP


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10


         SERVICES  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  dated  as of  April  1,  1998  (the
"Effective Date") by and between Group W Network Services, a division of Group W
Broadcasting,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  with offices at 250 Harbor Drive,
Stamford,  Connecticut  06904  ("GWNS") and Recovery  Network,  Inc., a Colorado
corporation with offices at 1411 5th Street, Suite 250, Santa Monica, California
90401 ("Customer").

         WHEREAS,  GWNS  provides  traffic,   playback,  uplink  and  compressed
satellite space segment services, facilities and equipment to support television
programming; and

         WHEREAS,   Customer  owns  the  "Recovery   Network"   program  service
("Network"); and

         WHEREAS,  Customer  desires to  purchase,  and GWNS  desires to provide
Customer, certain Services to be used in Customer's operation of Network;

         NOW, THEREFORE, GWNS and Customer hereby agree as follows:

1.       Services.

         Subject  to all of the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  GWNS
agrees to provide for  Customer,  and Customer  agrees to obtain from GWNS,  the
following services ("Services") 24 hours per day, 7 days per week:

         1.1.     Master  Control/Playback  Services as  described  in Exhibit 1
                  hereto.

         1.2.     Traffic Services as described in Exhibit 2 hereto.

         1.3.     Compressed  Satellite  Space  Segment,  Uplink and  Encryption
                  Services as described in Exhibit 3 hereto.

2.       Additional Services; Consumable Goods.

         In addition to the Services set forth in Section 1, GWNS shall  provide
         such other services,  facilities and equipment as may from time to time
         be agreed  upon  between  Customer  and GWNS  ("Additional  Services").
         Consumables may be purchased on a  non-exclusive  basis as described in
         Exhibit 4 hereto.

3.       Term.

         3.1.     This  Agreement  shall be effective and  enforceable as of the
                  Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect for
                  a period  of five (5)  years  from the  Commencement  Date (as
                  defined below) (the "Term"), unless the Agreement is
<PAGE>



                  sooner  terminated or extended in  accordance  with its terms.
                  The  Services  shall  commence at the earliest on July 1, 1998
                  and at the  latest on  September  1,  1998 (the  "Commencement
                  Date"). Customer shall select the Commencement Date and notify
                  GWNS  in  writing  forty-five  (45)  days  in  advance  of the
                  Commencement  Date it selects.  If Customer  does not select a
                  Commencement   Date,   then  for   purposes   of  payment  the
                  Commencement Date shall be deemed to be September 1, 1998.

         3.2.     GWNS  shall have a right of first  negotiation  and a right to
                  match any third party offer to provide services similar to the
                  Services for the Network and  Customer's  other  networks,  if
                  any, upon expiration of the Term.

4.       Charges and Payment.

         4.1.     In  consideration  of the  Services  to be  performed  by GWNS
                  during the Term, from the Commencement Date Customer shall pay
                  to GWNS the amounts  described in the Side Letter, as adjusted
                  in  accordance  with Section 4.2.  All  one-time,  monthly and
                  other  fees  shall  be due and  payable  thirty  (30)  days in
                  advance,  except to the  extent  indicated  otherwise  in this
                  Agreement.

         4.2.     Past due payments  shall incur a late  payment  charge of 1.5%
                  thereof per month (or the maximum  permitted by law, if less).
                  Any costs, including legal fees and disbursements, incurred by
                  GWNS in enforcing  this  Agreement  shall be paid by Customer.
                  Billing disputes shall be submitted in writing to GWNS (to the
                  attention  of  "Vice  President,  Finance  - Group  W  Network
                  Services")  within thirty (30) days of  Customer's  receipt of
                  the applicable invoice.

5.       Termination.

         5.1.     Either party may terminate  this Agreement in whole but not in
                  part (a) upon at least thirty (30) days' prior written  notice
                  by the terminating  party  specifying that the other party has
                  breached any of its material obligations or any representation
                  or  warranty  hereunder,  if such  breach is not cured  within
                  thirty  (30) days after  delivery  of such  notice or (b) upon
                  prior written notice by the terminating party if (i) the other
                  party files a petition in  bankruptcy or if such a petition is
                  filed against such party, (ii) the other party takes advantage
                  of any insolvency  law, (iii) the other party  generally fails
                  to pay its  debts as such  debts  become  due,  (iv) the other
                  party makes an assignment  for the benefit of creditors or (v)
                  a receiver,  liquidator  or trustee is appointed in respect of
                  all or a substantial  portion of the other party's property or
                  affairs.

         5.2.     Without  limitation of the provisions of Section 5.1, GWNS may
                  terminate  this  Agreement in whole but not in part upon prior
                  written notice to Customer, if

                                        2

<PAGE>



                  Customer  fails to pay any amount  otherwise  due and  payable
                  hereunder  within  thirty  (30) days of notice  from GWNS that
                  such amount has not been paid.

         5.3.     Without  limitation of the provisions of Section 5.1, Customer
                  may terminate  this Agreement in whole but not in part upon at
                  least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior  written  notice
                  to GWNS.

         5.4.     In the  event  that  Customer  terminates  this  Agreement  as
                  described in Section 5.3, or GWNS terminates this Agreement as
                  described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, Customer shall pay to
                  GWNS  (without  limitation to any other amounts due or payable
                  to GWNS under  this  Agreement,  at law or in equity)  (a) all
                  amounts owing to GWNS but unpaid as of the  effective  date of
                  termination and (b) as further consideration for the provision
                  of Services and Additional  Services by GWNS hereunder and not
                  as a penalty, the applicable "Termination Liability" set forth
                  on the Side Letter,  adjusted in accordance  with this Section
                  5.4,  and (c) a  "Cancellation  Charge"  equal  to  twice  the
                  applicable monthly Services and Additional Services fees under
                  this  Agreement as of the effective date of  termination.  The
                  Termination  Liability  shall  decrease  on a  prorated  basis
                  between  annual  permitted   termination   dates.  Any  amount
                  required to be paid  pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be due
                  and payable  within  thirty (30) days  following the effective
                  date of termination of this Agreement.

6.       Representations and Warranties.

         6.1.     Each of Customer and GWNS represents and warrants to the other
                  that:

                  6.1.1.   It has the right,  power and  authority to enter into
                           and to fully perform this Agreement;

                  6.1.2.   When executed and  delivered,  this  Agreement  shall
                           constitute  a valid and  binding  obligation  of such
                           party;

                  6.1.3.   It has not  entered  and  shall  not  enter  into any
                           agreement or  arrangement  that could  reasonably  be
                           expected to limit the performance of its obligations,
                           or diminish or impair the rights of the other  party,
                           hereunder;

                  6.1.4.   Except as previously  disclosed,  there are no liens,
                           encumbrances,  actions,  suits or proceedings pending
                           before  any  Governmental  Authority  (as  defined in
                           Section  11) or,  to the  knowledge  of  such  party,
                           threatened  against  it,  that  could  reasonably  be
                           expected to limit the performance of its obligations,
                           or to  diminish  or  impair  the  rights of the other
                           party, hereunder;

                                        3

<PAGE>




                  6.1.5.   It is,  and during  the Term  shall  remain,  in full
                           compliance  with all  applicable  treaties  and other
                           international  agreements,   laws,  statutes,  rules,
                           regulations,  ordinances  and  orders  (collectively,
                           "Laws"');

                  6.1.6.   No approvals, consents, authorizations,  permissions,
                           licenses,   certificates  or  permits  (collectively,
                           "Approvals")  of any third  party are  needed for the
                           performance  of its  obligations  hereunder that have
                           not been obtained and do not remain in full force and
                           effect as of the execution hereof, and

                  6.1.7.   As of the Effective  Date of this  Agreement,  (a) it
                           has neither sought nor has any intention  voluntarily
                           to seek the protection of any bankruptcy  law; (b) it
                           has no reason to  believe  that any of its  creditors
                           has  caused  or  intends  to cause it to  become  the
                           subject of any proceedings  under any bankruptcy law;
                           and (c) it has no  knowledge  of any  state  of facts
                           which, if known to its creditors,  (i) would cause it
                           voluntarily  to seek the protection of any bankruptcy
                           law or (ii) might  reasonably cause any such creditor
                           to cause it to become the  subject of any  proceeding
                           under any bankruptcy law.

                  Except  as   expressly   set  forth   above,   GWNS  makes  no
                  representation  or warranty to Customer  and hereby  expressly
                  disclaims all other warranties,  express or implied, including
                  but not limited to any warranty of  merchantability or fitness
                  for a particular purpose.

         6.2.     Customer represents and warrants to GWNS that:

                  6.2.1.   The content of all Customer  programming  produced or
                           post-produced  by GWNS  or on  GWNS's  facilities  or
                           transmitted by GWNS hereunder ("Customer Programing")
                           shall not violate or infringe  any Law,  civil right,
                           property right, right of privacy, right of publicity,
                           copyright,  trademark  right,  or other  right of any
                           person,   firm   or   corporation,    or   constitute
                           defamation, obscenity or indecency; and

                  6.2.2.  Customer  has  all  rights  in  and  to  all  Customer
                          Programming hereunder.

7.       Indemnification.

         7.1.     Each of GWNS and Customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
                  the other party, its parent and affiliated  entities,  and the
                  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  of  each of the
                  foregoing,  harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims,
                  demands, damages,  liabilities,  costs and expenses (including
                  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements)  arising out of
                  or caused by the  breach of any  representation,  warranty  or
                  undertaking made by such party hereunder.

                                        4

<PAGE>




         7.2.     The party seeking  indemnification  hereunder shall notify the
                  indemnifying  party in writing of any claim or action to which
                  such  indemnification  applies. The indemnifying party may, at
                  its option,  undertake the defense of any such claim or action
                  and permit the party seeking  indemnification  to  participate
                  therein at its own expense.  The  settlement of any such claim
                  or action by the party  seeking  indemnification  without  the
                  indemnifying party's prior written consent (which shall not be
                  unreasonably  withheld) shall release the  indemnifying  party
                  from its  obligations  hereunder  with respect to the claim or
                  action so settled.  The settlement of any such claim or action
                  by the  indemnifying  party shall not, without the indemnified
                  party's consent,  require the indemnified  party to render any
                  performance other than the payment of money.

         7.3.     The  provisions  of  Sections  7.1 and 7.2 shall  survive  the
                  expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

8.       Notices.

         8.1.     Any notice  which a party  hereto is  required  to give or may
                  desire to give in connection  with this Agreement  shall be in
                  writing and delivered by hand; by overnight  delivery service;
                  independently   confirmed   telecopy;   or  by   certified  or
                  registered mail, return receipt requested, postage and charges
                  prepaid; addressed as follows:

                                    If to GWNS:

                                    Group W Network Services
                                    Attention:       Altan C. Stalker
                                                     President
                                                     250 Harbor Drive
                                                     Stamford, CT 06904
                                                     Facsimile: 203-965-6320

                                    with a copy to:

                                    Group W Network Services
                                    Attention: Law Department
                                    250 Harbor Drive
                                    Stamford, CT 06904
                                    Facsimile: 203-965-6020

                                    If to Customer:

                                        5

<PAGE>



                                    Recovery Network
                                    Attention: John Wheeler
                                    Vice President of Operations
                                    1411 5th Street, Suite 250
                                    Santa Monica, California 90401
                                    Facsimile: (310) 393-5749

                                    with a copy to:

                                    Recovery Network
                                    Attention: Greg Richey
                                    General Counsel
                                    1411 5th Street, Suite 250
                                    Santa Monica, California 90401
                                    Facsimile:  (310) 393-5749

         8.2.     Either  party may change its  address  for notice  purposes by
                  notifying the other party in accordance with Section 8.1.


9.       Confidentiality; Public Announcement.

         9.1.     Each party hereto agrees that it shall not,  without the prior
                  written  consent of the other,  disclose or communicate to any
                  third party any  Information  (as defined in this Section 9.1)
                  that is  disclosed  to it by the  other  party,  and the party
                  receiving such Information shall use reasonable efforts (which
                  need not include the  commencement of any action or proceeding
                  against any unauthorized  user of such Information) to prevent
                  the   unauthorized   disclosure  or   communication   of  such
                  Information.   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   the  term
                  "Information"  shall mean  information  that is  conspicuously
                  identified  as  being   confidential   or   proprietary.   All
                  Information  shall remain the property of the party furnishing
                  same.   Nothing   contained   herein  shall  be  construed  as
                  restricting,  or creating any liability  for, the  disclosure,
                  communication  or use of  Information  that (a) is or  becomes
                  publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving party;
                  (b) is received  from a third party  without  restriction  and
                  without  breach  of  this  Agreement;   (c)  is  independently
                  developed by the receiving party; or (d) is disclosed pursuant
                  to governmental or judicial requirement.

         9.2.     Neither party hereto shall  disclose to any third party (other
                  than its respective employees,  in their capacity as such) any
                  information  with respect to the financial  provisions of this
                  Agreement  except (a) to the extent  necessary  to comply with
                  applicable Laws or appropriate  Governmental  Authorities,  in
                  which case the party  making such  disclosure  shall so notify
                  the other and shall seek confidential

                                        6

<PAGE>



                  treatment  of such  information;  (b) as  part  of its  normal
                  reporting  or  review  procedure  to  its  parent   companies,
                  auditors or  attorneys,  provided,  however,  that such parent
                  companies,  auditors  or  attorneys  agree  to be bound by the
                  provisions of this Section 9.2; or (c) in order to enforce its
                  rights pursuant to this Agreement.

         9.3.     Any press release or other publicity materials concerning this
                  Agreement  shall be issued only with the mutual consent of the
                  parties;  provided,  however,  that  neither  party  shall  be
                  prohibited from stating, in the normal course of its business,
                  that it does business with the other and the general nature of
                  such business.

10.      Employee Matters.

         Neither party's  employees shall be deemed to be employees or agents of
         the other party for any  purpose,  and shall not be entitled to receive
         any benefits or to  participate  in any employee  benefits  plan of the
         other party.  Customer and GWNS shall be solely responsible for payment
         of all salaries,  benefits, worker's compensation and all related costs
         with respect to their respective  employees and agents,  and each party
         shall  indemnify  the other party for any costs  incurred in connection
         with any of the foregoing.

11.      Subject to Law.

         This Agreement is subject to all applicable Laws of all  international,
         foreign,  United  States,  state  and local  governmental  authorities,
         regulatory  bodies  and  courts  having   jurisdiction   (collectively,
         "Governmental Authorities").  The performance of this Agreement by both
         parties  hereto is  expressly  contingent  upon,  and  subject  to, the
         obtaining and  continuance  of such  Approvals  from such  Governmental
         Authorities  as may be required or necessary  for the purposes  hereof,
         and such terms and  conditions  as may be imposed  therein.  Each party
         shall use all reasonable  efforts (and the other party shall  cooperate
         with such party) to obtain in a timely manner,  and maintain in effect,
         any  Approvals  that may  hereafter  be  required  by any  Governmental
         Authority having  jurisdiction with respect to such party's obligations
         hereunder.

12.      Limitation of Liability.

         12.1.    Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  under
                  no  circumstances  shall (a) GWNS be liable to  Customer or to
                  any third party for any loss of revenue,  lost  profits,  lost
                  capital,   overhead,  claims  of  third  parties  for  service
                  interruption,   or  any  special,   indirect,   incidental  or
                  consequential   damages  of  any  type  or  (b)  GWNS's  total
                  liability in connection with the performance of this Agreement
                  exceed the aggregate sum of all fees actually paid by Customer
                  to GWNS pursuant to this Agreement.

         12.2.    GWNS   shall  not  be  liable  or   responsible  for  (a)  any
                  interception, or damages


                                        7

<PAGE>



                  caused  by  interception,  of a  scrambled  signal  or (b) any
                  Customer  Programming  signal  outside  the points  where such
                  signal enters into or departs from GWNS's transmission system.

13.      Assignment.

         Neither  party may assign or  otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or
         obligations  under this Agreement  without the prior written consent of
         the other. Consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

14.      Force Majeure.

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  neither party
         shall have any  liability  to the other for any  failure to fulfill its
         obligations  hereunder  if such  failure  is due to any labor  dispute,
         delays  caused by equipment  suppliers,  fire,  flood,  Law,  political
         action,  act of God or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of
         the party unable to perform.  In the event of any such occurrence,  the
         time   period   for   performance   under  this   Agreement   shall  be
         correspondingly extended.

15.      General.

         15.1.    Nothing  contained  herein shall be deemed to create,  and the
                  parties do not intend to create,  any relationship of partners
                  or joint  venturers or agent and principal,  and neither party
                  shall represent the contrary to any third party.

         15.2.    A waiver by either party of any of the terms or  conditions of
                  this Agreement in any one instance or a waiver by either party
                  of a breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed
                  to be a waiver of such terms or conditions for the future or a
                  waiver of any subsequent breach.

         15.3.    All remedies  contained in this Agreement shall be in addition
                  to other remedies available at law or in equity, by statute or
                  otherwise, except as herein otherwise provided.

         15.4.    This  Agreement  and all matters or issues  collateral  hereto
                  shall be interpreted in accordance  with the laws of the State
                  of New York applicable to agreements made and performed wholly
                  therein.

         15.5.    The Exhibits  annexed to this  Agreement  are an integral part
                  hereof and are incorporated herein by this reference.

         15.6.    This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement  between the
                  parties  hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof and
                  may be modified only by a writing

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  executed by both of the parties hereto.  Any purchase order or
                  similar  order or request  for the  provision  of  Services or
                  Additional   Services  hereunder  shall  be  subject  to  this
                  Agreement.

         15.7.    The  titles  of  the  sections  of  this   Agreement  are  for
                  convenience  only  and  shall  not in any  manner  affect  the
                  interpretation of any section of this Agreement.

         15.8.    Nothing  contained in this Agreement  shall be construed so as
                  to require the  commission  of any act  contrary  to law,  and
                  wherever  there is any conflict  between any provision of this
                  Agreement  and any Law,  such  Law  shall  prevail;  provided,
                  however, that in such event the provision(s) of this Agreement
                  so affected  shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent
                  necessary  to  permit   compliance   with  the  minimum  legal
                  requirement,  no other  provisions of this Agreement  shall be
                  affected  thereby  and  all of  such  other  provisions  shall
                  continue in full force and effect.

         15.9.    The  provisions of this  Agreement are only for the benefit of
                  the parties hereto,  and no third party may seek to enforce or
                  benefit from such provisions.

         15.10.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,  each of which
                  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  and  all  such  counterparts
                  together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

16.      Certain Definitions.

         Except  as  specified  otherwise,  when used in this  Agreement  or any
         Exhibits  or  amendments  hereto,  the  following  terms shall have the
         meanings  specified in the  respective  sections  cited below.  Defined
         terms shall  include both the  singular and the plural,  as the context
         requires.

         "Additional Services" is as defined in Section 2.

         "Agreement" is as defined in the recitals.

         "Approvals is as defined in Section 6.1.6.

         "Cancellation Charge" is as defined in Section 5.4.

         "Commencement Date" is as defined in Section 3.1.

         "Customer" is as defined in the recitals.

         "Customer Programming" is as defined in Section 6.2.1.

                                        9

<PAGE>



         "Effective Date" is as defined in the recitals.

         "Governmental Authorities" is as defined in Section 11.

         "GWNS" is as defined in the recitals.

         "Information" is as described in Section 9.1.

         "ISCI" is as defined in Exhibit 2.

         "Laws" is as defined in Section 6.1.5.

         "Network" is as defined in the recitals.

         "Renewal Date" is as defined in Section 4.3.

         "Services" is as defined in Section 1.

         "Technical Specifications" is as defined in Exhibit 3.

         "Term" is as defined in Section 3.1.

         "Termination Liability" is as defined in Section 5.4.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  entered  into  this
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.


GROUP W NETWORK SERVICES             RECOVERY NETWORK, INC.


By:  /s/ Altan C. Stalker            By:  /s/ John R. Wheeler          

Name:  Altan C. Stalker              Name:  John R. Wheeler         

Title:  President                    Title: Senior Vice President of Operations

Date signed:  5/21/98                Date signed:  5/21/98              


                                       10

<PAGE>





                  Exhibit I - Master Control/Playback Services


The master  control  function  designed for Customer  provides a facility  which
produces  both high quality dual channel  (stereo)  audio and video.  The master
control will be operated by a master  control  operator who will be  responsible
for  loading  program  material  into an  automated  playback  system  (a  shift
supervisor  will also be on duty at all times who will  supervise the operations
of the Network and other GWNS clients).  The operator's  primary  responsibility
will be the playback of program material via an automated  system.  The playback
system will provide a system for both the  preparation of the daily program logs
and needed program  certifications,  as well as assisting the operator in actual
switching.

The master  control  facility  will also have full access to the "house"  router
system.  Having access to the central  router allows the control room  operation
access to such areas as the studio operation video tape rooms,  GWNS's satellite
receiving  capability and the ability to access GWNS's terrestrial  interconnect
system  into many  points  in New York City  including  The  Switch,  Waterfront
Communications  and AT&T "NR".  Attached as Exhibit 6 is a schematic  diagram of
the GWNS Stamford complex indicating antenna and terrestrial Facilities.

As stated  above,  the master  control area will  contain an automated  playback
system for the playback of  programming.  Primary  programming,  commercial  and
interstitial material originate from five (5) betacam SP units controlled by the
automated system.  The basic complement of equipment used in the control room is
the following:

                  5 - Sony PVW 2800 betacam SP units I - Automated control unit
                  I - Playback room video and audio monitoring system

In addition to the  facilities  stated above,  equipment such as audio and video
test  generators,  patch  panels,  and WWV  synchronization  are included in the
overall master control equipment complement.

The  playback  facility  hardware  design is based on the premise  that  primary
programming  material will be supplied on betacam SP video tape and be nominally
between 30 minutes and 60 minutes in length and be ready for playback to air.

The playback  facility will  transition  consistent  with GWNS's  overall client
transition  plan from a tape  playback to a file server based system  during the
Term of this  Agreement.  Customer will continue to supply GWNS betacam SP tapes
or materials in other standard  industry formats as mutually agreed,  during and
after the transition.

GWNS  shall  use  an  equipment   configuration   in  the  provision  of  Master
Control/Playback Services


                                       11

<PAGE>



to Customer substantially as follows:

         A.       An  automated  switcher  with  audio  follow  video and manual
                  backup capability with downstream keying capability.

         B.       An  automated  playback  system  with  five(5)  beta  SP  tape
                  machines for air play.

         C.       Associated  synchronization  equipment conforming to broadcast
                  EIA-RS-170-A  standards,  including  sync  generators,  signal
                  generators, and time base correctors.

         D.       Associated  audio/video  distribution  and routing  equipment,
                  racks, consoles and test equipment.

         E.       Comprehensive  monitoring  system to view  outgoing and return
                  signals to monitor the signal at various points throughout the
                  transmission path.

         F.       Sufficient uninterrupted (UPS) and back-up generator power and
                  HVAC for all technical and equipment areas.

         G.       Equipment  providing output signals,  per channel, of discrete
                  stereo  audio and  standard  NTSC  video for  delivery  to its
                  compression  and/or  transmission  facility in accordance with
                  the technical specifications.

All origination equipment shall meet manufacturer's  specifications in effect at
the time of GWNS's purchase. Unless specific brand type or model or equipment is
specified  above GWNS shall have the right to use such  equipment  as GWNS deems
appropriate to perform the services.

GWNS will  execute the delivery of the  Customer  signal  according to schedules
based on a program log supplied by  Customer.  The  programming  will consist of
videotape elements supplied to GWNS in advance of the air date.  Occasional live
feeds may be  required,  but shall be treated  on a  project-by-  project  basis
separate from this  Agreement,  with  responsibility  for delivering the feed to
GWNS antenna or terrestrial interconnections assumed by Customer.

In  addition  to  program  signal,  GWNS will  transmit  DTMF cue tones or other
signaling elements according to times and specifications provided by Customer.

GWNS  will   provide   facilities   for   down-stream   keying  of  the  network
identification bug and will insert as directed on the program log.

GWNS shall monitor all programming  distributed and provide Customer with an "as
aired" log.  Included in this report,  on an  element-by-element  basis, will be
details of any deviation from the program log, and details indicating the actual
programming which was transmitted. This report will include a description of the
deviation from the scheduled log and any corrective action taken by

                                       12

<PAGE>



GWNS.

GWNS will monitor the transmission path,  including downlink returns,  to verify
transmission   integrity.   Any  service   interruption,   transmission   signal
degradation,  or failure of the distribution  will be documented and reported in
writing to Customer. Reports will contain details including, but not limited to:
time, duration, nature of interruption or degradation.  Notice of problems shall
take place as  expediently  as possible and complete  reports shall be submitted
within forty-eight (48) hours of the occurrence.

GWNS will designate a management  level person as a contact who will address all
business  and  contractual  issues  including  the "on-air  look" to insure that
Customer's reasonable expectations for Network operations are being met.

GWNS will provide  authorization  and  deauthorization  services for  commercial
(cable headend)  decoders for Network  affiliates of Customer.  Required actions
will be executed in a timely  manner upon written or verbal  communication  from
designated Customer personnel.

                                       13

<PAGE>



                          Exhibit 2 - Traffic Services

The traffic operation will have the  responsibility to prepare the daily program
log in  accordance  with a "run sheet" (log  instructions  in  electronic  form)
provided by Customer.  GWNS will accept and return all video tape (any  shipping
charges are billable to  Customer).  GWNS will also  maintain a reasonable  tape
library  consisting  of up to 1,000  hours of program  content  to  support  the
Network.

Customer will have the following obligations in respect of the traffic function:

         A.       Customer  will be  responsible  for  securing and shipping all
                  programming  material  that  will be used in  programming  the
                  Network to GWNS.

         B.       All  programming  delivered on video tape will be delivered on
                  beta SP stock.  Upon  mutual  agreement  other  formats may be
                  used.

         C.       All video tape will arrive at GWNS's  facility a minimum of 72
                  hours prior to air.  Shorter lead times will  occasionally  be
                  accommodated with time sensitive material.

         D.       All  programming  will be delivered in the NTSC analog format.
                  Upon mutual agreement other formats may be used.

         The fees in the Side  Letter  are  based  on the  foregoing  and may be
         raised, if necessary,  to compensate for Customer's  failure to perform
         any of such obligations in a timely manner.

         GWNS  will  electronically  accept  the  data  comprising  the  log for
         Customer's  programming  elements.  GWNS will convert this  information
         into  a  format  required  by  GWNS's  traffic   management/real   time
         controller or functionally equivalent automation system.

         GWNS will  cross-reference  Customer's  log  elements  against the GWNS
         database by the following:  Industry Standard Commercial Identification
         ("ISCI") numbers,  house number,  element  duration,  and other traffic
         management  codes as  appropriate.  GWNS will confirm that all elements
         required  by the  Customer  log  are  in-house,  active,  and  properly
         prepared  for  playback.  Missing  elements or other  problems  will be
         flagged and appropriate actions to resolve the problem will be taken in
         an expedient manner.

         Log events will be  monitored on a real-time  basis during  playback to
         air. A certified feedback,  or "as aired," report will be generated and
         returned to Customer within  twenty-four  (24) hours of actual airdate.
         This report will be transferred electronically in a format specified by
         Customer in order to seamlessly confirm the distribution of programming
         elements.  The electronic  reporting will conform to specifications and
         requirements  of the  traffic  and  billing  computer  and  information
         systems utilized by Customer. Hard copy logs and reports related to the
         transmission of the Network may also be required.

                                       14

<PAGE>




GWNS  shall  provide  one  (1)  full-time  traffic  assistant.  Traffic  will be
accomplished on a system operated by technicians, provided by GWNS.

Source tapes for primary and back-up  programming,  promotional and interstitial
material  supplied  to GWNS by  customer  shall be beta SP video  tape stock and
shall be  manufactured  in accordance  with NTSC broadcast  standards.  All tape
stock shall be supplied by and shall remain the  property of Customer.  Customer
acknowledges  that it is directly  responsible  for arranging for and paying the
costs of the following:  (i) costs for shipping of its tape material to and from
the  origination  facility  (currently in Irvine,  CA); (ii) the delivery of any
satellite  turnaround  programming to the  origination  facility;  and (iii) any
third party-provided fiber optic, transponder or microwave transport.  GWNS will
provide  climatically-controlled  storage for library video tapes, not to exceed
1,000 hours.
                                       15

<PAGE>



 Exhibit 3 - Compressed Satellite Space Segment, Uplink and Encryption Services

GWNS   will   provide   a   digitally    compressed   uplink   service   via   a
transponder-protected  transponder on the Galaxy VII satellite, for distribution
of the Network on a twenty-four (24) hour basis.

This  compressed   transponder  capacity  utilizes  Scientific  Atlanta  PowerVu
compression  technology  which  GWNS  has  purchased,  installed,  operates  and
maintains. This compression hardware is physically located at the GWNS Glenbrook
earth station facility where uplinking to the Galaxy VII satellite will occur.

The satellite  transmission facility shall consist of a 9.0 meter antenna or its
equivalent or larger, that complies with 2(degree) spacing.

GWNS shall provide a protected  microwave and/or fiber path from its origination
facility,  if inter- facility transport is required,  with equipment meeting the
Technical  Specifications.  One or more  redundant  paths shall be provided  and
switched into service if a failure occurs in the primary paths.

Appropriate  testing  will be  conducted  by GWNS prior to the  distribution  of
specific  services in order to ensure that the facilities  provided by GWNS meet
the following "Technical Specifications":

         A.       There  will be a  full-time  channel  with  video  exciter  or
                  upconverter  and  HPA  in  a  fully  automatic  1:1  switching
                  configuration.  There  will  be one  (1)  primary  and one (1)
                  protection   HPA,   upconverter  or  exciter   protecting  the
                  programmer's services

         B.       Sufficient uninterrupted (UPS) and back-up generator power and
                  HVAC for all technical and equipment areas shall be provided.

         C.       The design goal for analog services shall be broadcast quality
                  standard  EIA  RS-250B  satellite  relay from the input of the
                  protection  switch,  including  a  satellite  loop using a 9.0
                  meter  or  larger  antenna,  to  the  output  of  the  receive
                  monitoring  switch.  The loop  performance  is  subject to the
                  transponder used meeting minimum performance specifications as
                  specified by PanAmSat.

         D.       The design  goal for  compressed  services,  if any,  shall be
                  video and audio  performance  as specified by the  compression
                  system  manufacturer.  Industry standards for compressed video
                  services are not  available  and  manufacturer  specifications
                  shall be used until appropriate standards have been accepted.

         E.       The  maintenance  limits  of  the  analog  system,  and  where
                  appropriate the compression system, shall be:

                  Video channel signal to noise (>10KHz) 52.0db
                  Video channel differential gain 10%

                                       16

<PAGE>



                  Video channel  differential phase 4% Video channel chrominance
                  to  luminance   delay  60nS  Audio  channel  signal  to  noise
                  (>1KHz)54.0  dB Audio channel  harmonic  distortion  (1KHZ) 1%
                  (Audio  channels  shall be  tested  at peak  program  level of
                  +18dBm)

         F.       The  microwave  and/or fiber optic  facility used to transport
                  the   channels   from   the   origination   facility   to  the
                  compression/transmission facility, if any, shall be protected,
                  including automatic protection switching.  The design goal for
                  microwave  systems  shall be ANSI T1.502 - 1988 short haul and
                  the maintenance  limit shall be ANSI  T1.502-1988  medium haul
                  performance. The design goal for fiber optics systems shall be
                  ANSI T1.502-1988  medium haul and the maintenance  limit shall
                  be as follows:
         (Audio channels shall be tested at peak program level of + 1 dBm)

                  Video channel  signal to noise  (>10KHz) 50.0 dB Video channel
                  differential gain 8% Video channel differential phase 2% Video
                  channel  chrominance  to luminance  delay 50 nS Audio  channel
                  signal  to  noise  (>1KHz)  54.0  dB  Audio  channel  harmonic
                  distortion (1KHz) %

In the case of the digitally  compressed channel,  baseband video and associated
audio will be fed into the input of the compression equipment. One (1) video and
up to four (4) audio subcarriers can be accommodated.  The output of the PowerVu
equipment will consist of a single data stream which will carry Network's signal
and those of other GWNS clients.  This combined data stream will be  transmitted
into the exciter and HPA uplink chain through to Galaxy VII, transponder #9. The
compressed  satellite space segment will consist of a data channel not less than
6.71 Mbps.

GWNS will also provide encryption  management  services for the authorization of
Network affiliates' decoders.  Customer represents that it has approximately 300
affiliates as of December 1997.

The entire transmission path is made up of redundant hardware for maximum system
reliability.  The Glenbrook  facility is staffed on a full-time  basis with both
fully  qualified  operations and  engineering  personnel (who provide service to
both Customer and other GWNS clients).


                                       17

<PAGE>


                          Exhibit 4 - Consumable Goods


Consumables have not been included in the service pricing. Major consumables are
video  tape  stock and  shipping.  In the case of video  tape  stock,  GWNS will
invoice  Customer  its cost plus a 20%  administrative  fee.  Since the price of
consumables  cannot be  projected  over the  course  of a five (5) year  service
contract,  GWNS will invoice  Customer on a monthly  basis for any  consumables.
Payment for consumables is due net thirty (30) days from the receipt of invoice.

                                       18


                                                                 Exhibit 23.1


                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                    -----------------------------------------



       As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the use of our
report for The Recovery  Network,  Inc.  included in this Form SB-2 registration
statement  and to all  references  to our  Firm  included  in this  registration
statement.



   
                                                     /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP


Los Angeles, California
October 27, 1998
    


                                                                   Exhibit 23.2


                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                    -----------------------------------------


   
       We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus  constituting part of this
Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 of The Recovery Network, Inc. of our report
dated June 30, 1997  relating to the financial  statements  of FMS  Productions,
Inc. as of and for the years ended  April 30,  1997 and 1996,  which  appears in
such Prospectus.
    



                                              /s/ Bartlett, Pringle & Wolf, LLP

   
Santa Barbara, California
October 19, 1998
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                        5
<CIK>                                            0001017822
<NAME>                                           The Recovery Network, Inc.
       
<S>                                              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                     YEAR              
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                 JUN-30-1998                   
<PERIOD-START>                                    JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                      JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                            2,219,145
<SECURITIES>                                      0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     254,750
<ALLOWANCES>                                     35,000
<INVENTORY>                                      55,624
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 2,780,239
<PP&E>                                           369,450
<DEPRECIATION>                                   166,261
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,784,920
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,283,013
<BONDS>                                          0                     
                            0
                                      0
<COMMON>                                         57,915
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,430,866
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     2,488,781
<SALES>                                          894,758
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 894,758
<CGS>                                            0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    8,524,380
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               (775,611)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (8,259,189)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,545
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              (8,261,734)
<DISCONTINUED>                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                     (8,261,734)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (1.91)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (1.91)
           

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission